Fuses & Fuse Holders
Power Distribution
Relays & Solenoids
Switches
Connectors
AFTERMARKET
PRODUCTS
CATALOG
Passenger and Commercial
Vehicle Products
www.Littelfuse.com/aftermarket
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog1
Roskilde
Kaunas
Norwich
Muzquiz Matamoros
Troy
Bremen
Legnago
Lauf
Trollhättan
Saskatoon
Piedras Negras
Seoul Yokohama
Suzhou
Wuxi Shanghai
Taipei
Dongguan
Shenzhen
Hong Kong
Lipa City
Singapore
São Paulo
Lake Mills
Rapid City
Chicago
Fremont Champaign
Swindon
Littelfuse products help protect,
control and distribute vehicle
electrical power in OEM and
aftermarket applications for
industries such as heavy-duty
truck, construction and agriculture.
We offer a broad and reliable selection
of fuses, fuse blocks, power distribution
modules, high-current switches, relays and
solenoids to fit your requirements.
For decades, we have helped OEMs, engineers and
end-users select the right product for their applications.
Today, Littelfuse offers the broadest range of products
for protection, sensing, and control needs while providing
exceptional service and support that our customers expect.
Local Resources for a GLOBAL Market
Material Handling
Fork Lifts
Aerial Work Platform
Telehandlers Pallet Jacks
Municipality
Emergency Fire & Rescue
Waste Trucks Utility
Truck & Bus
On-Highway Transit Buses
Severe Duty Vocational
Automotive Passenger Car
OEM Maintenance
Motorsports Fleets
Marine & Recreational
Boats & Marine
Recreation Vehicles
Golf Carts
ATV & Snowmobiles
Construction & Agriculture
Loaders Excavators
Tractors Harvesters
Market Focus INDUSTRIES and Applications
2Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
New AFTERMARKET PRODUCTS Now Available
Additional RedBox Blade Fuse Module Tray
Part Number Description
0RBOX003ZGLO ATO, MINI, and MAXI SmartGlow Fuses, Fuse Pullers, ATO and MINI HD In-Line Fuse Holders 272 Piece Assortment
Contact your local sales manager for more information
Over 90 Years of
Electrical Power Expertise
1986
High Current
FLEC PDM
MINI® Fuses
Technology
Technology
2009 2010 2016
HD Time Delay
Bi-Stable Relay
Technology
2018
1927
Acquisition
2013
High-Current
2484 Switches
Technology
Founded
1955
Integrated CAN/LIN
Power Control Center
Technology
2014
Next Generation
High-Current
Switch
Technology
2006
Acquisition Acquisition
FHZ Fuse Holders
Part Number Description
0FHZ0001Z 5-Stud Assembly with Bolts and Bus Bar
0FHZ0002Z 5-Stud Full Assembly with M10 Input
0FHZ0003Z 5-Stud Box Only for Configuration
0FHZ0005Z 5-Stud Full Assembly with M8 Input
0FHZ0006Z 7-Stud Assembly with Bolts and Bus Bar
Coming Soon
0FHZ0007Z 7-Stud Full Assembly with M10 Input
0FHZ0008Z 7-Stud Box Only for Configuration
0FHZ0009Z 7-Stud Full Assembly with M8 Input
MCASE+ Fuses
COLOR CODE CURRENT RATING (A) CARDED 1-PC
SLOTTED PART NUMBER
Gray 15 MCAS015.XPS
Blue 20 MCAS020.XPS
White 25 MCAS025.XPS
Pink 30 MCAS030.XPS
Green 40 MCAS040.XPS
1976
ATO® Fuses
Technology
FuseFuse
®
3Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Cole Hersee – A Littelfuse Brand joint logo
promoting the relationship between
the brands.
Blue and yellow Cole Hersee brand colors
remain prominent for fast identification.
Large, easy-to-read label with part
number and description for quick
product selection.
Enhanced installation information and
detailed descriptions included in
the packaging.
Heavy-duty box packaging protects
products in distribution environment.
Heavy-duty clamshell packaging protects
products in retail environment.
Matching blister product for a consistent
and attractive product display.
Former Design
New Design
Updated
COLE HERSEE BRAND
Packaging
®55055BP
SPST Toggle Switch. Universal application.
Interruptor de palanca SPST. Uso universal.
Interrupteur à basculeSPST à usageuniversel.
Cole Hersee Co.
55055-BP
SPST ON-OFF TOGGLE SWITCH
25A
INTERRUPTOR DE PALANCA SPST
INTERRUPTEUR À BASCULE SPST
Former Design
New Design
4Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
Circuit Protection - Fuses & Circuit Breakers
Fuse Selection Chart 6-7
Fuseology 8-9
Retail Information, Packaging & Part Numbers 10-12
Blade Fuses 13-15
Cartridge Fuses 16
Bolt-Down Fuses 17
Auto Link Fuses 18
Glass Fuses 19
Specialty Fuse Products 20
Fuse Assortment Kits 21-26
Circuit Breakers 27-30
Fuse Blocks & Holders
Bolt-Down Fuse Blocks 32
In-line Fuse Holders 33-34
JCASE & Glass Fuse Holders 35
Add-A-Circuit & Power Feed 36
Fuse Puller Accessories 37
Multiple Position Fuse Blocks 38-39
Terminal Blocks 40-41
New Product Spotlight 42
Power Distribution Modules
Hard-Wired Boxes 44
Power Distribution Modules 44-47
PDM IP Rating Flyer 48
Battery Management
Battery Isolators 50
Battery Combiners & FlexMod Devices 51
Low Voltage Disconnects 51
How a Smart Battery Isolator Works 52
Relays & Solenoids
Bi-Stable Relays 54
Standard High Current Relays (Solenoids) 55-57
Reversing & Latching Relays 58
Plug-In Relays & MicroRelays 59-60
Battery & Master Disconnect Switches
Sealed High Amp Battery Switches 62
Manual Battery Switches 63-65
Standard Metal Body Battery Switches 66-67
Marine-Grade Battery Switches 68
Battery Selector Disconnect Switches 69
Battery Disconnect Switch Accessories 70
Table of Contents
Ignition Switches
Sealed Ignition Switches 72
Heavy Duty Ignition Switches 73
General Purpose Ignition Switches 74-75
Marine Grade Ignition Switches 76
Ignition Switch Accessories 77
Anti-Restart Ignition Switches 78
Rocker Switches
Sealed Rocker Switches 80-83
Rocker Switch Accessories 84
Standard Heavy Duty Rocker Switches 85
FAQ Rocker and Toggle Switches 86
Toggle Switches
Toggle Switches 88-91
Toggle Switch Accessories 92
Switch Reference Guide & Diagrams 93-94
Momentary Switches
Momentary Push-Button Switches 96-99
Door Switches 99-100
Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches
Push-Pull Switches 102-103
Rotary Switches 104
Rotary Wiper Switches 105-106
Rotary Headlamp Switches 107
Foot Switches 108
Stoplamp Switches 109
Backup & Neutral Safety Ball Switches 109-110
Vehicle Connectors
Tractor-Trailer Connectors 112-116
Trailer Connectors 117
Connector Mounts & Accessories 118
Indicator Devices
LED Pilot Lights 120
Incandescent Pilot Lights 121-122
Panel Lamps and Base Sockets 122
Buzzers and Alarms 123
Why are LED Lights Better 124
Appendix
Alphanumeric Part Number Index 125-129
Schematics 130-131
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
1
3
2
13
5Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
What Type of Fuse do I Need?
DC (automotive) fuses are offered in two basic forms: Blade or Bolt Down.
Blade & Cartridge fuses can be hand inserted into a fuse holder. These fuses provide
protection for several amperage ratings up to 80A. They are well suited to protect
smaller to medium diameter wires that are usually some distance from the battery.
Single blade fuse holders are often called ‘In-Line’ fuse holders as they are spliced
into the wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far
away from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere
along its length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected.
Littelfuse blade fuses include: MICRO2®, MICRO3®, MINI®, LP MINI®, ATO®, MAXI,
MCASE+®, JCASE® and LP JCASE®.
Bolt Down fuses need to be secured to the fuse holder with a screw, nut or bolt.
These fuses provide protection from 30A to 600A. They are well suited to protect
medium to large diameter wires that are usually closer to the battery. Ring terminals
are crimped onto cables that are connected to these holders and spliced into the
wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far away
from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere along its
length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected which is
why you should have master fusing as close the battery as possible. Littelfuse bolt-
down fuses include: MIDI®, MEGA®, CF8 and ZCASE®.
Also, there are still a wide variety of applications that use glass tube fuses. These are
typically lower current values and are becoming less popular for most automotive
applications due to their size, form factors, and lack of color coding.
It Glows When it Blows!
SmartGlow® fuse technology makes identifying an open circuit quick and easy. Inside
a fuse box, it can be difficult to locate which fuse in an array has blown. You can easily
identify the SmartGlow because it lights up, indicating the need for replacement.
Available in MINI, ATO, and MAXI blade fuses.
Every Fuse Requires a Fuse Holder!
Littelfuse offers a wide variety of fuse holder and power distribution modules in
different configurations to meet unique needs. Please see the Power Distribution
Modules or Fuse Blocks & Holders sections of the catalog to select a product that fits
your application requirements.
Circuit Protection
FuseFuse
®
6
1
FUSE SELECTION CHART
MICRO 2 ONLY
MICRO 2 ONLY
MICRO 2 ONLY
PAL SERIES 0 ONLY
PAL SERIES 0 ONLY
PAL SERIES 0 ONLY
PAL SERIES 2 ONLY
PAL SERIES 2 ONLY
PAL SERIES 2 ONLY
PAL SERIES 4 ONLY
FUSE
TYPE MICRO2®ATO®MINI®MCASE®JCASE®MAXI MIDI®MEGA®PAL
Series 0 PAL
Series 1 PAL
Series 2 PAL
Series 5 ZCASE®
ACTUAL
FUSE SIZE
Black 1A 175A 80A 80A 40A
Gray 2A 2A 15A 150A 120A 120A 60A
Violet 3A 3A 3A 3A 100A 200A 140A 80A
Pink 4A 4A 30A 30A 125A 250A 30A 30A 30A 100A
Tan 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 70A 70A 70A 225A 125A
Brown 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 70A 25A 150A
Red 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 50A 50A 50A 50A 50A 80A 50A 50A 175A
Blue 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 20A 20A 60A 60A 100A 200A 20A 100A 100A 200A
Yellow 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 60A 60A 20A 20A 60A 100A 60A 60A 60A 225A
Clear 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 25A 80A 80A 80A 250A
Green 30A 30A 30A 30A 30A 40A 40A 30A 30A 40A 125A 40A 40A 30A 300A
Orange 40A 40A 40A 30A 150A 400A
White 25A 175A 120A 500A
600A
Low
P r o fi l e
MINI®
Low
P r o fi l e
JCASE®
MICRO3®
Female
Terminal
Straight
Male
Terminal
13/16" Bent
Male
Terminal
Mini
Female
Terminal
Locking
Female
Terminal
®
Fuse
®
Fuse
®
Fuse
PAL
Series 3
9/16" Bent
Male
Terminal
PAL
Series 4
®
Fuse
®
Fuse
®
Fuse
AGU
AGY, SFE30
GLASS
AGC, SFE20, UK
SFE14
AGX
AGW, SFE7.5, SFE9
SFE6
AGA, SFE4
AGA
1A, 1.5A, 2A,
2.5A, 3A, 5A,
6A, 7.5A, 10A,
15A, 20A,
25A, 30A
AGC
.5A, 1A, 1.5A, 2A,
2.5A, 3A, 4A, 5A,
6A, 7.5A, 8A, 10A,
15A, 20A, 25A,
30A, 35A
AGU
1A, 2A, 3A,
4A, 5A, 10A,
15A, 20A, 25A,
30A, 35A, 40A,
50A, 60A
AGW
1A, 1.5A,
2.5A, 3A, 4A,
5A, 6A, 15A,
20A, 30A
AGX
2A,
3A,
20A,
25A,
30A
AGY
50A
SFE
4A, 6A,
7.5A,
9A, 14A,
20A, 30A
UK
35A,
50A
7Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
FUSE TYPE ATO®MINI®MAXI GLASS
ACTUAL
FUSE SIZE
PHOTO
Series Name FHAC1 FHAC2 FHA1 FHA2 FHA-GLO AFH1 AFH1 FHM1 FHM2 FHM-GLO MAH1 FNY1 FNY2
Holder Type In-Line In-Line In-Line In-Line Panel Mount In-Line In-Line In-Line In-Line In-Line
Max Amperage 20A 30A 20A 30A 30A 20A 30A 20A 30A 30A 60A 20A 30A
Wire Color Black Orange Black Orange Red Black Red Black Orange Red Black or Red Black Orange
Weatherproof • • • • • • • • •
Notes Standard Heavy Duty Standard Heavy Duty Smart-Glow Standard Heavy Duty Standard Heavy Duty Smart-Glow Standard Standard Heavy Duty
FUSE TYPE JCASE® and Low Profile JCASE®MIDI®MEGA®
ACTUAL
FUSE SIZE
PHOTO
Series Name FHJC1 FHJC2 FHJ1 FHJ2 498 Compact-498 SN-MIDI FLEX-MIDI 298 SN-MEGA FLEX-MEGA
Holder Type In-Line In-Line In-Line In-Line Bolt-Down Bolt-Down Bolt-Down Bolt-Down Bolt-Down
Max Amperage 40A 60A 40A 60A 200A 200A 200A 200A 500A 500A 500A
Wire Color Red Red Red Red – – – – – – –
Weatherproof • • with heat shrink • •
Notes Standard Heavy Duty Standard Heavy Duty Standard Compact
AssureLatch
& IP69K Busbars Available Standard
AssureLatch
& IP69K Busbars Available
®
Fuse
®
Fuse
FUSE HOLDER SELECTION CHART
8Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
1
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF A FUSE?
A fuse is a safety valve. It is designed to stop current from exceeding the
rating of the wires or components. Without fuses, excessive current could
cause damage to electrical systems, and even result in fires.
In general, a fuse has a simple construction. The key component is the
“element” — a short piece of metal wire or strap.
WHAT CAUSES A FUSE TO BLOW?
The element is designed to melt at a
specific temperature, to protect wires
and equipment from overcurrents. An
overcurrent is any current that exceeds
the amperage rating or wiring capacity
of equipment or devices under normal
conditions of use.
If an overcurrent causes the current in a circuit to rise above a specific
level — often the circuit’s rating — the heat produced will melt the
fuse’s element, causing the fuse to “blow.” This opens the circuit and
immediately stops the flow of current. Fuses are designed to blow at
temperatures far below those that would cause damage or hazards.
Once a fuse is blown, it can be replaced to allow the current to flow again.
But simply replacing a fuse may not be the solution to the problem.
In fact, there is a chance the fuse will just blow again, because the fuse is
signaling a problem in the system. Understanding the factors that cause a
fuse to blow will help you diagnose automotive electrical problems.
There are two types of overcurrents that can cause a fuse to blow:
overloads and short circuits.
Overload
What: The current exceeds the amperage at which the wires or equipment
are rated.
Why: Too many devices are connected to one circuit, or a device
malfunctions and draws higher than its normal operating current. Sustained
overloads cause overheating of circuit components and the fuse blows.
Short Circuit
What: The current is out of its normal path.
Why: A malfunction creates an unintended path for electricity to flow from
the battery or alternator to ground. This can be caused by the touching
of any positive wire to a ground wire, e.g. due to frayed wire insulation,
or tools laid across the positive and ground wires of a circuit. The
uncontrolled current to ground then surpasses the normal resistance of the
wire contained in the circuit, forcing higher and higher current to the point
of the generating heat which blows the fuse.
FINDING A FUSE
To be able to address fuse issues, you first must be able to
locate the appropriate fuse within the vehicle. In today’s vehicles,
each individual wire is protected by a circuit protection device.
Fuses are contained in fuse blocks located at various points
throughout the vehicle. The diagram above illustrates typical fuse
block locations.
SELECTING THE RIGHT FUSE
Once you have found the fuse that has blown, and solved the
problem in the vehicle, you must replace the blown fuse with an
appropriate device.
When selecting the right fuse for replacement, you should
consider the following:
Physical Type
The replacement fuse must be of the same physical type as the
blown fuse being replaced. It must be of the same style and
have the same dimensions so that it can fit properly in the fuse
block or fuse holder. Check your owner’s manual to determine
the appropriate fuse type.
Installation Tip: Littelfuse holds patents for the designs on
most automotive fuses. It is important to remember that the
physical type of the fuse is important, but it is not the only factor
affecting the fuse’s function. Although some fuses appear to be
the same type and dimension as Littelfuse fuses, they do not
necessarily have the same performance characteristics.
Look for the Littelfuse OEM Label
To guarantee the same level
of quality in circuit protection
that the major automotive
manufacturers require for their
original equipment fuses, look
for the OEM seal on Littelfuse
aftermarket products. Only
Littelfuse products can guarantee
this level of quality.
Bold letter indicates fuse block location.
A Left fire wall G Behind/under dash left
B Right fire wall H Behind/in glove box
C Right fender J Behind/under dash right
D Right front K Rear compartment
E Left front IL In-line with device protected
F Left fender (locations may vary from car to car,
see your dealer.)
Understanding how circuit protection works is a key to
diagnosing automotive electrical problems. When a fuse
blows, that means the fuse is doing its job — sending you
a message that something needs to be fixed.
Fuseology
9Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
Introduction
Beware of Counterfeit Fuses
At first glance, it’s hard to tell the difference between a genuine
Littelfuse blade fuse and a counterfeit. The counterfeit may have the
same physical dimensions, but using it can be dangerous because it
fails to perform to the stringent performance and safety specifications
developed by Littelfuse and the OEMs.
In many cases, the elements in counterfeit fuses do not correspond
with the amperage specification stamped on the fuse. This will
prevent the elements from opening at the rated or correct amperage,
which could result in a fire causing serious damage to the vehicle, its
contents and its passengers.
Responding to this growing problem, the United States International
Trade Commission and then President Ronald Reagan issued and
approved an exclusion order in 1983 prohibiting the importation of the
look-alike blade fuses into the United States. This order was initiated
because many of these fuses were proven to be totally unsafe. The
photos shown here indicate why counterfeit fuses are potentially
unsafe and present a fire risk.
To guarantee quality and safety, look for the Littelfuse name on fuses
and fuse packaging.
Current Rating — Amperage
The current rating, marked on every fuse, is the maximum
current in amperes that the fuse can continuously carry under
specified conditions.
Tip: When selecting a fuse, make sure the current rating of the fuse is
the same amperage as the circuit. You can obtain the current rating of
a circuit by looking in the owner’s manual of the vehicle or checking to
see if it is written on the fuse block.
Overfusing and Underfusing
Overfusing is when the fuse has a current rating higher than the
rating of the circuit. In this case, the fuse will not be able to protect
the circuit properly because the circuit could reach overcurrent levels,
causing damage and safety hazards, before the fuse would blow.
Underfusing is when the fuse is rated at a current too far below the
rating of the circuit. In this case the fuse will blow, even though the
circuit is functioning normally without an overcurrent. Underfusing
almost guarantees that a fuse will blow repeatedly. This is referred to
as a nuisance blow.
Voltage Rating
The voltage rating, marked on every fuse, indicates the maximum
voltage at which the fuse is designed to operate safely if an
overcurrent occurs.
Tip: The fuse voltage rating must equal or exceed this circuit
voltage where the fuse is installed. This is not a problem in fuse
selection because automotive fuse applications are typically around
12 volts, while the voltage rating of the majority of Littelfuse
automotive fuses including ATO Fuse, MINI Fuse, MAXI Fuse and
MEGA Fuse is 32 volts.
ADDING A CIRCUIT
Always use a circuit protection device with a fuse holder or fuse
block whenever adding additional circuits to ensure optimal safety.
The fastest, easiest option for installers who need to add a circuit
for applications such as electronic components, is the Littelfuse
Add-A-Circuit Fuse Holder. Add-A-Circuit, available in ATO® and
MINI® blade fuse versions, is designed to facilitate installation of
fuses for accessories of 10 amps or less. The Add-A-Circuit adapts
the fuse block to the installer’s needs, quickly turning one slot in
the fuse block into two, providing a safe, economical alternative to
splicing or fusetaps.
Caution: Fusetaps are not a recommended
alternative for adding circuits because they can
overstress the terminals in the fuse block. This
situation can create a loose fitting fuse, which in
turn produces excessive heat, which can cause
nuisance blows, even melting of the fuse and
fuse block and possibly an expensive repair in the
future. When a fusetap is used, in many cases
there is no fuse protecting the new circuit, a
condition which can also present a hazard.
Another alternative to adding a circuit is the
Littelfuse Battery Power Feed (BPF1). This
device attaches directly to the battery terminal,
allowing the addition of up to three circuits.
Then use an in-line fuse holder to protect the
circuit properly.
Fuseology
10Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
1
Planogram
Updated brand packaging introduced in
2015 allowing for easy identification of
product families in a retail display.
Littelfuse developed the next generation of
Retail Circuit Protection with the ease of
product selection as a top priority.
EASY IDENTIFICATION
of product families in color coordinated
packages for an easy to use and set up
planogram layout.
MORE SPACE
for higher margin kits and assortments.
INCREASE MARKET COVERAGE
with the newest Littelfuse MICRO2®,
MICRO3®, MCASE+® and ZCASE® fuses.
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
00940477Z 094477
Our 87 SKU, 510-piece pre-pack Plan-O-Gram includes full blade-fuse coverage, as well as expanded coverage into newer parts such as Low-
Profile MINI, Low-Profile JCASE, MICRO2, MICRO3, MCASE and Emergency Kits. Includes blade fuses, glass fuses, circuit breakers,
Assortment and Emergency kits, fuse holders and fuse tester/pullers. Measures approximately 36"x36".
00940478Z 094478
Our 103 SKU, 625-piece pre-pack Plan-O-Gram is our largest retail assortment featuring multiple facings of the most popular items.
This assortment expands your line coverage to fill the needs of your DIY and professional dealer/installer customers as well.
Measures approximately 48"x32".
OEM SYMBOL
Prominent on package assures consumers of quality and
actual OE replacement.
COLOR CODED
for easier stocking and consumer selection.
MULTI-LINGUAL
One SKU covers US, Canadian, German and
Latin American markets.
Retail Information
11 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
Circuit Protection
Packaging / Part Numbering
Carton
The outer corrugated
cardboard box that holds
several inner packs, or bulk
fuses (no inner packs).
Inner Pack
A small chipboard
box containing
several blister packs
or pillboxes.
Pill Box
A small plastic box
containing fuses.
Pillboxes are snap-
shut resealable.
Blister Pack
A retail package containing
one or several identical
products, such as fuses, or it
may contain an assortment
of fuses. Blister packs are
designed to fit on a peg-hook.
‘Bubble pack’ or ‘clamshell’
packages are blister packs.
Bulk Carton
The outer corrugated cardboard box
that holds several cartons.
Retail Information
12Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
1
BOXED MERCHANDISE PIECES/BOX STANDARD PACK ORDER
ATO, MINI Fuses 5 to a box 100 (twenty 5 packs) by piece
Glass Ceramic Fuses 5 to a box 50 (ten 5 packs) by piece
AGU Fuses 10 to a box 10 (one 10 pack) by piece
MAXI, PAL, MEGA, MIDI 1 to a pack 10 by piece
Flashers, Circuit Breakers, Fuse Holders 1 to a pack 10 by piece
RETAIL PACKAGED MERCHANDISE FUSES/CARD STANDARD PACK ORDER
ATO, MINI Fuses, Glass, Ceramic Fuses 5 to a card 5 cards/shelf pack by card
MAXI, PAL, MEGA, MIDI Fuses 1 to a card 5 cards/shelf pack by card
Plus Packs 25 5 cards/shelf pack by card
Retail Carded Kits and Assortments Various 5 cards/shelf pack by card
Assortments, Jobber Boards, Merchandisers, etc. Various Single unit by unit
Standard Fuse Packaging
Examples of Order Numbers
Order numbers must have between 9 characters and 15 characters. These
are for added description, such as ZXPRO. When you place an order, write
or type the characters without a break in the string.
0ATO 0 1 0 . VP
First set of four
“ATO Fuses”
Second set of four
“10 Amps”
“Retail pack of 5”
0MIN 0 3 0 . ZXPRO
First set of four
“MINI Fuses”
Second set of four
“30 Amps”
“Professional Pack”
Mandatory Characters
First set of four
These identify the product group, like LMIN
(Low profile MINI fuse) or 0MAX (MAXI fuses).
Second set of four
These identify the product subgroup. In fuses,
this usually identifies the amperage.
The decimal point counts as one character,
eg 010. = 10A, 100. = 100A, 01.5 = 1.5A.
9th character
Inner pack quantity. See list of codes below.
Inner Pack Codes
Quantity Code
Optional Characters
10th Character
Packaging type. P= Retail pack, B=Blister Pack.
Last set of 5
May be used to give additional information
such as, MXGLO for SmartGlow fuses
1 = X
5 = V
10 = T
20 = S
50 = L
100 = H
200 = F
250 = G
500 = U
1,000 = M
1,500 = D
2,500 = E
3,000 =W
4,000 = Y
5,000 = N
10,000 = K
Fuse Packaging
13 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
Circuit Protection
MINI® • 2-30A • Standard and Smart Glow Blade Fuses
The MINI fuse is quickly becoming the new standard for vehicle circuit protection. Its miniature design
meets the need for more circuits to be protected while utilizing less space, and its ability to cope with
high temperatures in adverse environments makes the MINI fuse the recommended choice for protection.
Smart Glow fuses are innovative automotive style fuses that feature an indicator light that glows when the
fuse is blown, saving time to troubleshoot an open circuit.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/MINI
Standard: Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC Fast-Acting, Approvals: UL listed, SAE J2077.
Smart Glow: Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 32V DC, Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C,
Terminals: Tin plated zinc
Blade Fuses
Dimensions SMART GLOW MINI®
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED CARDED
PLUS PACK CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Gray 2 0MIN002.V 0MIN002.VP – –
Violet 3 0MIN003.V 0MIN003.VP –0MIN003.VPGLO
Pink 4 0MIN004.V 0MIN004.VP – –
Tan 5 0MIN005.V 0MIN005.VP –0MIN005.VPGLO
Brown 7.5 0MIN07.5V 0MIN07.5VP –0MIN07.5VPGLO
Red 10 0MIN010.V 0MIN010.VP 0MIN010.ZXPRO 0MIN010.VPGLO
Blue 15 0MIN015.V 0MIN015.VP 0MIN015.ZXPRO 0MIN015.VPGLO
Yellow 20 0MIN020.V 0MIN020.VP 0MIN020.ZXPRO 0MIN020.VPGLO
Clear 25 0MIN025.V 0MIN025.VP 0MIN025.ZXPRO 0MIN025.VPGLO
Green 30 0MIN030.V 0MIN030.VP 0MIN030.ZXPRO 0MIN030.VPGLO
Dimensions MINI®
FuseFuse
®
Low Profile MINI® • 2-30A • Blade Fuses
The Low Profile MINI fuse is designed to mate with tuning-fork terminals, which provides additional
weight and material savings in fuse box designs by eliminating the need for female box terminals.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/LPMINI
Voltage Rating: 58V DC,Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 58V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C,
Terminals: Silver plated zinc, Housing Materials: Nylon composite
Dimensions Low Profile MINI®
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED CARDED
PLUS PACK
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL NUMBER
Gray 2 LMIN002.V – –
Tan 5 LMIN005.V LMIN005.VP LMIN005.ZXPROA
Brown 7.5 LMIN07.5V – –
Red 10 LMIN010.V LMIN010.VP LMIN010.ZXPROA
Blue 15 LMIN015.V LMIN015.VP LMIN015.ZXPROA
Yellow 20 LMIN020.V LMIN020.VP LMIN020.ZXPROA
Clear 25 LMIN025.V LMIN025.VP LMIN025.ZXPROA
Green 30 LMIN030.V LMIN030.VP LMIN030.ZXPROA
14Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
1
Blade Fuses
MAXI • 20-100A • Standard and Smart Glow Blade Fuses
MAXI Fuses are primarily used for under hood applications and are produced with a high temperature polymer
and silver plated blades. They replace the commonly used fusible wire or fusible link to protect a high current
segment or system of the wiring harness. Features Littelfuse designed industry standard color coding to
indicate amp rating. Smart Glow fuses are innovative automotive style fuses that feature an indicator light that
glows when the fuse is blown, saving time to troubleshoot an open circuit.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/MAXI
Standard: Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C,
Terminals: Silver plated
Smart Glow: Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C,
Terminals: Silver plated
Dimensions MAXI
FuseFuse
®
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED CARDED
MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING
MATERIAL NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL NUMBER
Yellow 20 0MAX020.X 0MAX020.XP 0MAX020.XPGLO
Green 30 0MAX030.X 0MAX030.XP 0MAX030.XPGLO
Orange 40 0MAX040.X 0MAX040.XP 0MAX040.XPGLO
Red 50 0MAX050.X 0MAX050.XP 0MAX050.XPGLO
Blue 60 0MAX060.X 0MAX060.XP 0MAX060.XPGLO
Tan 70 0MAX070.X – 0MAX070.XPGLO
Clear 80 0MAX080.X 0MAX080.XP 0MAX080.XPGLO
Purple 100 – – 0MAX100.XPGLO
ATO® • Autofuse® • 1-40A • Standard and Smart Glow Blade Fuses
The ATO fuse is currently found on most cars, trucks, buses and off the road vehicles worldwide.
Features Littelfuse designed industry standard color coding to indicate amp rating. Smart Glow fuses
are innovative automotive style fuses that feature an indicator light that glows when the fuse is blown,
saving time to troubleshoot an open circuit. Additional information: littelfuse.com/ATO
Standard: Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC Fast-Acting Approvals: UL listed, SAE J2077.
Smart Glow: Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 32V DC Voltage Rating: 32V DC Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C
Terminals: Tin plated zinc
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED CARDED
PLUS PACK CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Black 1 0ATO001.V 0ATO001.VP – –
Gray 2 0ATO002.V 0ATO002.VP – –
Violet 3 0ATO003.V 0ATO003.VP –0ATO003.VPGLO
Pink 4 0ATO004.V 0ATO004.VP – –
Tan 5 0ATO005.V 0ATO005.VP 0ATO005.ZXPRO 0ATO005.VPGLO
Brown 7.5 0ATO07.5V 0ATO07.5VP 0ATO07.5ZXPRO 0ATO07.5VPGLO
Red 10 0ATO010.V 0ATO010.VP 0ATO010.ZXPRO 0ATO010.VPGLO
Blue 15 0ATO015.V 0ATO015.VP 0ATO015.ZXPRO 0ATO015.VPGLO
Yellow 20 0ATO020.V 0ATO020.VP 0ATO020.ZXPRO 0ATO020.VPGLO
Clear 25 0ATO025.V 0ATO025.VP 0ATO025.ZXPRO 0ATO025.VPGLO
Green 30 0ATO030.V 0ATO030.VP 0ATO030.ZXPRO 0ATO030.VPGLO
Orange 40 0ATO040.V 0ATO040.VP – –
FuseFuse
®
Dimensions ATO®
Dimensions SMART GLOW ATO®
15 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
Circuit Protection
MICRO3® • 5-15A • Blade Fuses
The MICRO3 Fuse is the new standard for vehicle circuit protection. The MICRO3 Fuse has 3 terminals
and 2 fuse elements with a common center terminal. Its sub-miniature design meets the need for more
circuits to be protected while utilizing less space and its ability to cope with high temperatures in adverse
environments makes the MICRO3 Fuse the recommended choice for protection.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/MICRO3
Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C
Blade Fuses
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BULK 50-PC BOXED 25-PC BOXED 5-PC CARDED 5-PC
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Tan 5 0327005.LXS – MIC2005.V MIC2005.VP
Brown 7.5 032707.5LXS – MIC207.5V MIC207.5VP
Red 10 0327010.LXS MIC2010.ZXPRO MIC2010.V MIC2010.VP
Blue 15 0327015.LXS MIC2015.ZXPRO MIC2015.V MIC2015.VP
Yellow 20 0327020.LXS MIC2020.ZXPRO MIC2020.V MIC2020.VP
Clear 25 0327025.LXS – MIC2025.V MIC2025.VP
Green 30 0327030.LXS MIC2030.ZXPRO MIC2030.V MIC2030.VP
Dimensions MICRO2®
Dimensions MICRO3®
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BULK 50-PC BOXED 25-PC BOXED 5-PC CARDED 5-PC
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Tan 5 0337005.LXS MIC3005.ZXPRO MIC3005.V MIC3005.VP
Brown 7.5 033707.5LXS MIC307.5ZXPRO MIC307.5V MIC307.5VP
Red 10 0337010.LXS MIC3010.ZXPRO MIC3010.V MIC3010.VP
Blue 15 0337015.LXS MIC3015.ZXPRO MIC3015.V MIC3015.VP
MICRO2® • 5-30A • Blade Fuses
Its sub-miniature design meets the need for more circuits to be protected while utilizing less space
and its ability to cope with high temperatures in adverse environments makes the MICRO2 Fuse the
recommended choice for protection.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/MICRO2
Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C
16Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
1
Cartridge Fuses
JCASE® • 20-60A • Cartridge Fuses
Smaller space saving footprint is being designed in by many OEM’s. Patented technology provides both
increased time delay and low voltage drop. Features ANSI standard OCR-A font for visual inspection
systems, double spring-beam box terminal and unique secondary locking feature holds terminal
firmly in place. Additional information: littelfuse.com/JCASE
Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC Slo-Blo®, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC,
Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C, Insertion Force: 53N max. (12lb), Extraction Force: 9N min. (2lb)
Dimensions JCASE®
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER
Blue 20 JCAS020.X JCAS020.XP
White 25 JCAS025.X JCAS025.XP
Pink 30 JCAS030.X JCAS030.XP
Green 40 JCAS040.X JCAS040.XP
Red 50 JCAS050.X JCAS050.XP
Yellow 60 JCAS060.X JCAS060.XP
Low Profile JCASE® • 20-60A • Cartridge Fuses
Smaller space saving footprint is being designed in by many OEM’s. Patented technology provides both
increased time delay and low voltage drop. Features ANSI standard OCR-A font for visual inspection
systems, double spring-beam box terminal and unique secondary locking feature holds terminal
firmly in place. Additional information: littelfuse.com/LPJCASE
Voltage Rating: 58V DC, Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 58V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to + 125˚C,
Insertion Force: 53N Max. (12 lb.), Extraction Force: 9N Min (2 lb.)
Dimensions Low Profile JCASE®
COLOR
CODE CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER
Blue 20 LJCA020.X LJCA020.XP
White 25 LJCA025.X LJCA025.XPA
Pink 30 LJCA030.X LJCA030.XP
Green 40 LJCA040.X LJCA040.XP
Red 50 LJCA050.X LJCA050.XP
Yellow 60 LJCA060.X LJCA060.XP
MCASE+® • 15-60A • Cartridge Fuses
The Unslotted MCASE+ Fuse is a cartridge style fuse up to 40A with female terminals for 2.8 mm male
terminals. The Slotted MCASE+ Fuse is available up to 60A and can mate with larger male terminals
(e.g., 6.3mm) or even mount directly to onto a busbar. Miniaturized footprint for optimal usage of space,
featuring time delay and the ability to handle inrush currents. Additional information: littelfuse.com/MCASE
Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C
Fuse Insertion Force: 50N (11.2lbf) Typical, Extraction Force: 4N Min. (0.9 lb). | 24.5N Max. (5.5 lb)
Dimensions MCASE+®
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BULK 500-PC BOXED 50-PC BOXED 5-PC CARDED 1-PC
MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER
Gray 15 0695015.U 0695015.LPXP MCAS015.V MCAS015.XP
Blue 20 0695020.U 0695020.LPXP MCAS020.V MCAS020.XP
White 25 0695025.U 0695025.LPXP MCAS025.V MCAS025.XP
Pink 30 0695030.U 0695030.LPXP MCAS030.V MCAS030.XP
Green 40 0695040.U 0695040.LPXP MCAS040.V MCAS040.XP
SLOTTED
UNSLOTTED
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BULK 500-PC BOXED 50-PC BOXED 5-PC CARDED 1-PC
MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER
Gray 15 0695015.US 0695015.LPXPS MCAS015.VS MCAS015.XPS
Blue 20 0695020.US 0695020.LPXPS MCAS020.VS MCAS020.XPS
White 25 0695025.US 0695025.LPXPS MCAS025.VS MCAS025.XPS
Pink 30 0695030.US 0695030.LPXPS MCAS030.VS MCAS030.XPS
Green 40 0695040.US 0695040.LPXPS MCAS040.VS MCAS040.XPS
Red 50 0695050.US 0695050.LPXPS MCAS050.VS MCAS050.XPS
Yellow 60 0695060.US 0695060.LPXPS MCAS060.VS MCAS060.XPS
UNSLOTTEDSLOTTED
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
17 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
Circuit Protection
Bolt-Down Fuses
MEGA® • 80-500A • Bolt-Down Fuses
Littelfuse patented fuse designed for high current
protection up to 500A found on many OEM
vehicles. Slo-Blo® feature eliminates nuisance
blowing during temporary, short duration overloads.
Commonly used for battery and alternator
connections and other heavy gauge cables
requiring ultra high current protection. Also available
with a clear housing, M6 mounting hole, single
mounting hole or silver plating. For details, contact
Littelfuse or visit: littelfuse.com/MEGA
Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC, Slo-Blo®
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED 50-PC BOXED 1-PC CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
80 – 0MEG080.X 0MEG080.XPA
100 0MEG100.L 0MEG100.X 0MEG100.XP
125 0MEG125.L 0MEG125.X 0MEG125.XP
150 0MEG150.L 0MEG150.X 0MEG150.XP
175 0MEG175.L 0MEG175.X 0MEG175.XP
200 0MEG200.L 0MEG200.X 0MEG200.XP
225 0MEG225.L 0MEG225.X 0MEG225.XP
250 0MEG250.L 0MEG250.X 0MEG250.XP
300 0MEG300.L 0MEG300.X –
350 0MEG350.L 0MEG350.X –
400 0MEG400.L 0MEG400.X –
450 0MEG450.L 0MEG450.X –
500 0MEG500.L 0MEG500.X –
Dimensions MEGA®
MIDI® • 30-200A • Bolt-Down Fuses
Littelfuse patented fuse found on many OEM
vehicles. Slo-Blo® feature eliminates nuisance
blowing during temporary, short duration overloads.
Also available with a clear housing, M6 mounting
hole, single mounting hole or silver plating. For
details, contact Littelfuse or visit: littelfuse.com/MIDI
Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC, Slo-Blo®
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BULK 10-PC BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
30 0498030.TXN – –
40 0498040.TXN – –
50 0498050.TXN 0MID050.X 0MID050.XP
60 0498060.TXN – –
70 0498070.TXN – –
80 0498080.TXN 0MID080.X 0MID080.XP
100 0498100.TXN – –
125 0498125.TXN – –
150 0498150.TXN – 0MID150.XP
200 0498200.TXN – –
Dimensions MIDI®
ZCASE® • 40-600A • Bolt-Down Fuses
Designed for a one bolt connection M6 (125-250A)
or M8 (300-600A) and can be used directly on a
battery post or busbar connection.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/ZCASE
Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC, Slo-Blo®
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BULK 480-PC BULK 100-PC CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
40 3298040.Z 3298040.H –
60 3298060.Z 3298060.H –
80 3298080.Z 3298080.H ZCAS080.XP
100 3298100.Z 3298100.H ZCAS100.XP
125 3298125.Z 3298125.H ZCAS125.XP
150 3298150.Z 3298150.H ZCAS150.XP
175 3298175.Z 3298175.H ZCAS175.XP
200 3298200.Z 3298200.H ZCAS200.XP
225 3298225.Z 3298225.H ZCAS225.XP
250 3298250.Z 3298250.H ZCAS250.XP
300 3298300.ZXSTA 3298300.H ZCAS300.XP
350 3298350.ZXSTA 3298350.H ZCAS350.XP
400 3298400.ZXSTA 3298400.H ZCAS400.XP
500 3298500.ZXSTA 3298500.H ZCAS500.XP
600 3298600.ZXSTA 3298600.H –
Dimensions ZCASE®
18Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
1
Auto Link Fuses
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Blue 20 0PAL020.X 0PAL020.XP
Pink 30 0PAL030.X 0PAL030.XP
Green 40 0PAL040.X 0PAL040.XP
Red 50 0PAL050.X 0PAL050.XP
Yellow 60 0PAL060.X 0PAL060.XP
PAL Female Terminal
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Pink 30 0PAL130.X 0PAL130.XP
Yellow 60 0PAL160.X 0PAL160.XP
Black 80 0PAL180.X 0PAL180.XP
Blue 100 0PAL1100X 0PAL1100XP
Gray 120 0PAL1120X 0PAL1120XP
PAL Straight Male Terminal
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Pink 30 0PAL230.X 0PAL230.XP
Green 40 0PAL240.X 0PAL240.XP
Red 50 0PAL250.X 0PAL250.XP
Yellow 60 0PAL260.X 0PAL260.XP
Brown 70 0PAL270.X 0PAL270.XP
Black 80 0PAL280.X 0PAL280.XP
Blue 100 0PAL2100X 0PAL2100XP
Gray 120 0PAL2120X 0PAL2120XP
Purple 140 – 0PAL2140XP
PAL 13/16" Bent Male Terminal
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Pink 30A 0PAL330.X 0PAL330.XP
Green 40A 0PAL340.X 0PAL340.XP
PAL MINI® Female Terminal
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Pink 30 0PAL430.X 0PAL430.XP
Green 40 0PAL440.X 0PAL440.XP
Red 50 0PAL450.X 0PAL450.XP
Black 80 0PAL480.X 0PAL480.XP
Blue 100 0PAL4100X 0PAL4100XP
White 120 – 0PAL4120XP
Purple 140 – 0PAL4140XP
PAL 9/16" Bent Male Terminal
COLOR
CODE
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
Brown 25 0PAL525.X 0PAL525.XP
Green 30 0PAL530.X 0PAL530.XP
PAL Locking Female Terminal
PAL Auto Link Fuses
Commonly found on many Japanese and Domestic built vehicles in current ratings up to 140 amperes.
Available with female connector, male connector, bent connector and locking female connector.
Color coded to indicate amp rating.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/PAL
19 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
Circuit Protection
Glass Fuses
AG • Glass Fuses
Originally stood for “all glass.” The automotive industry uses the “AG” prefix (AGC, AGW) for most glass
fuses. They vary in length, diameter and amperage rating.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Glass
Voltage Rating: 32V AC/DC, 250V may be substituted
AGX (1/4” x 1”) AGC (1/4” x 1-1/4”)
AGY (1/4” x 1-7/16”)
AGU (13/32” x 1-1/2”)
AGA (1/4” x 5/8”) AGW (1/4” x 7/8”)
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
AGA (1AG)
1 0AGA001.V 0AGA001.VP
2 0AGA002.V 0AGA002.VP
3 0AGA003.V 0AGA003.VP
5 0AGA005.V 0AGA005.VP
6 0AGA006.V –
7.5 0AGA07.5V –
10 0AGA010.V 0AGA010.VP
15 0AGA015.V 0AGA015.VP
20 0AGA020.V 0AGA020.VP
25 0AGA025.V –
30 0AGA030.V 0AGA030.VP
AGW (7AG)
1 0AGW001.V –
1.5 0AGW01.5V –
2.5 0AGW02.5V –
3 0AGW003.V –
4 0AGW004.V –
5 0AGW005.V 0AGW005.VP
6 0AGW006.V –
15 0AGW015.V 0AGW015.VP
20 0AGW020.V 0AGW020.VP
30 0AGW030.V 0AGW030.VP
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
AGC (3AG)
.5 0AGC.500V –
1 0AGC001.V 0AGC001.VP
1.5 0AGC01.5V 0AGC01.5VP
2 0AGC002.V 0AGC002.VP
2.5 0AGC02.5V 0AGC02.5VP
3 0AGC003.V 0AGC003.VP
4 0AGC004.V 0AGC004.VP
5 0AGC005.V 0AGC005.VP
6 0AGC006.V 0AGC006.VP
7.5 0AGC07.5V 0AGC07.5VP
8 0AGC008.V –
10 0AGC010.V 0AGC010.VP
15 0AGC015.V 0AGC015.VP
20 0AGC020.V 0AGC020.VP
25 0AGC025.V 0AGC025.VP
30 0AGC030.V 0AGC030.VP
35 0AGC035.V 0AGC035.VP
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
AGU (5AG)
10 0AGU010.T –
15 0AGU015.T –
20 0AGU020.T –
25 0AGU025.T –
30 0AGU030.T –
35 0AGU035.T –
40 0AGU040.T 0AGU040.VPG
50 0AGU050.T 0AGU050.VPG
60 0AGU060.T 0AGU060.VPG
AGX (8AG)
20 – 0AGX020.VP
25 – 0AGX025.VP
30 – 0AGX030.VP
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
4 0SFE004.V 0SFE004.VP
6 0SFE006.V 0SFE006.VP
7.5 0SFE07.5V 0SFE07.5VP
9 0SFE009.V 0SFE009.VP
14 0SFE014.V 0SFE014.VP
20 0SFE020.V 0SFE020.VP
30 0SFE030.V 0SFE030.VP
SFE • Glass Fuses
Glass fuses designed to specifications set by the Society of Fuse
Engineers. All are 1/4 inch in diameter, but vary in length according
to the ampere rating to ensure accurate fuse replacement.
Voltage Rating: 32V AC/DC, 250V may be substituted
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Glass
SFE4 (1/4” x 5/8”) SFE6 (1/4” x 3/4”)
SFE7.5, SFE9
(1/4” x 7/8”)
SFE14
(1/4” x 1-1/16”)
SFE20 (1/4” x 1-1/4”)
SFE30 (1/4” x 1-7/16”)
GBC • Torpedo Fuse
A thermoplastic type, torpedo shaped fuse that can be currently
found in many European cars. Consisting of a heat resistant
body, the fuse element stretches over the exterior of the body
from end to end. The bodies vary in color (by amperage) to
ensure proper replacement.
Voltage Rating: 32V AC/DC, 250V may be substituted
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Glass
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
PACKAGING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
5 0GBC005.V –
8 0GBC008.V 0GBC008.VP
16 0GBC016.V 0GBC016.VP
25 0GBC025.V 0GBC025.VP
GBC
(6 x 25mm)
20Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
1
Specialty Fuse Products
CNNe, CNN, CNL Forklift Type Fuses
CNNe fuses are rated for applications up to 80V
DC. As fork lift trucks voltages increase, circuit
protection needs to be rated higher to handle the
increased voltage. The 80V CNN_E and 48V CNN
are considered very fast-acting for quicker reaction
time, the 32V CNL fuses are fast-acting.
• Voltage Rating: CNL: 32V DC / 32V AC
CNN: 48V DC / 125V AC
CNNe: 80V DC / 125V AC
• Ampere Range: 10-800A
• Interrupting Rating: 2,500A
• Maximum Torque: 90 lbs
Download additional information: littelfuse.com/CNN
Honda, Volkswagen and Universal Fusible Links
Honda Fusible links fit Honda Civics fusible link bar. Available in
45, 55 & 65A. Carded merchandise only available in 3 piece assortment 094413.
Volkswagen Fusible links fit Volkswagen and Universal fusible link bars. Available in 30, 40, 50, 60,
80, 110, 150 & 175 amp fuse bars.
Universal Fusible links are OEM replacement fusible link bars. Available in 30, 50, 80 & 100A.
160/300V DC • 1-1200A • UL Class T • JLLN & JLLS Series Fuses
• Voltage Rating: JLLN: 160V DC (1-60A) • 125V DC (70-1200A except 900A)
JLLS: 300V DC (1-1200A)
Download technical information at: littelfuse.com/JLLN or littelfuse.com/JLLS
PART NUMBER
V DC
MATERIAL # CATALOG #
0CNL035.V CNL035 32
0CNL040.V CNL040 32
0CNL050.V CNL050 32
0CNL060.V CNL060 32
0CNL080.V CNL080 32
0CNL100.V CNL100 32
0CNL125.V CNL125 32
0CNL150.V CNL150 32
0CNL175.V CNL175 32
0CNL200.V CNL200 32
0CNL250.V CNL250 32
0CNL275.V CNL275 32
0CNL300.V CNL300 32
0CNL325.V CNL325 32
0CNL350.V CNL350 32
0CNL400.V CNL400 32
0CNL500.V CNL500 32
CARDED PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
00940413ZP 094413 Fusible Link assortment - fits Honda™ vehicles
00940402ZP 0940402 Fusible Link assortment - fits Volkswagen™ vehicles
0FLC014.XP FLC14BP Fusible Link 14 AWG
0FLW014.XP FLW14BP Fusible Link 14 AWG with Terminals
0FLW016.XP FLW16BP Fusible Link 16 AWG with Terminals
PART NUMBER
V DC
MATERIAL # CATALOG #
0CNN010.V CNN010 48
0CNN035.V CNN035 48
0CNN040.V CNN040 48
0CNN050.V CNN050 48
0CNN060.V CNN060 48
0CNN080.V CNN080 48
0CNN090.V CNN090 48
0CNN100.V CNN100 48
0CNN125.V CNN125 48
0CNN150.V CNN150 48
0CNN175.V CNN175 48
0CNN200.V CNN200 48
0CNN225.V CNN225 48
0CNN250.V CNN250 48
0CNN275.V CNN275 48
0CNN300.V CNN300 48
0CNN325.V CNN325 48
0CNN350.V CNN350 48
0CNN400.V CNN400 48
0CNN500.V CNN500 48
0CNN600.V CNN600 48
0CNN700.V CNN700 48
0CNN800.V CNN800 48
PART NUMBER
V DC
MATERIAL # CATALOG #
0CNN035E.V CNN035E 80
0CNN040E.V CNN040E 80
0CNN050E.V CNN050E 80
0CNN060E.V CNN060E 80
0CNN080E.V CNN080E 80
0CNN090E.V CNN090E 80
0CNN100E.V CNN100E 80
0CNN125E.V CNN125E 80
0CNN150E.V CNN150E 80
0CNN175E.V CNN175E 80
0CNN200E.V CNN200E 80
0CNN225E.V CNN225E 80
0CNN250E.V CNN250E 80
0CNN275E.V CNN275E 80
0CNN300E.V CNN300E 80
0CNN325E.V CNN325E 80
0CNN350E.V CNN350E 80
0CNN400E.V CNN400E 80
0CNN500E.V CNN500E 80
0CNN600E.V CNN600E 80
0CNN700E.V CNN700E 80
0CNN800E.V CNN800E 80
CURRENT
RATING (A)
JLLN JLLS PACK
SIZE
V DC MATERIAL NUMBER V DC MATERIAL NUMBER
1160 JLLN001.T 300 JLLS001.T 10
2160 JLLN002.T 300 JLLS002.T 10
3160 JLLN003.T 300 JLLS003.T 10
6160 JLLN006.T 300 JLLS006.T 10
10 160 JLLN010.T 300 JLLS010.T 10
15 160 JLLN015.T 300 JLLS015.T 10
20 160 JLLN020.T 300 JLLS020.T 10
25 160 JLLN025.T 300 JLLS025.T 10
30 160 JLLN030.T 300 JLLS030.T 10
35 160 JLLN035.T 300 JLLS035.T 10
40 160 JLLN040.T 300 JLLS040.T 10
45 160 JLLN045.T 300 JLLS045.T 10
50 160 JLLN050.T 300 JLLS050.T 10
60 160 JLLN060.T 300 JLLS060.T 10
70 125 JLLN070.V 300 JLLS070.V 5
80 125 JLLN080.V 300 JLLS080.V 5
90 125 JLLN090.V 300 JLLS090.V 5
100 125 JLLN100.V 300 JLLS100.V 5
110 125 JLLN110.X 300 JLLS110.X 1
CURRENT
RATING (A)
JLLN JLLS PACK
SIZE
V DC MATERIAL NUMBER V DC MATERIAL NUMBER
125 125 JLLN125.X 300 JLLS125.X 1
150 125 JLLN150.X 300 JLLS150.X 1
175 125 JLLN175.X 300 JLLS175.X 1
200 125 JLLN200.X 300 JLLS200.X 1
225 125 JLLN225.X 300 JLLS225.X 1
250 125 JLLN250.X 300 JLLS250.X 1
300 125 JLLN300.X 300 JLLS300.X 1
350 125 JLLN350.X 300 JLLS350.X 1
400 125 JLLN400.X 300 JLLS400.X 1
450 125 JLLN450.X 300 JLLS450.X 1
500 125 JLLN500.X 300 JLLS500.X 1
600 125 JLLN600.X 300 JLLS600.X 1
700 125 JLLN700.X 300 JLLS700.X 1
800 125 JLLN800.X 300 JLLS800.X 1
900 – – 300 JLLS900.X 1
1000 125 JLLN1000X 300 JLLS1000X 1
1100 125 JLLN1100X 300 JLLS1100X 1
1200 125 JLLN1200X 300 JLLS1200X 1
21 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
Circuit Protection
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER DESCRIPTION CONTENTS
00940133ZP 94133 European Fuse Assortment 2 each: GBC 8A, 16A Fuses & 1 each: GBC 25 A
00940134ZP 94134 British Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 7.5A, 15A, 20A (SFE 20) 1 each: 03000128M Amp Fuses
00940135ZP 94135 Japanese Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A (SFE 20), 30A Fuses
00940154ZP 94154 American Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 10A, 15A, 30A & 1 each: SFE 9A, 14A, 20A Fuses
00940189ZP 94189 Cellular Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 1.5A, 3A Fuses & 3 each: AGC 2A Fuses
00940202ZP 94202 ATO Fuse Assortment 6pc 1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
00940301ZP 94301 Japanese ATO Fuse Assortment 1 each: ATO 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A Fuses
00940362ZP 94362 MINI Fuse Assortment 1 each: MINI 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
00940408ZP 94408 Computer Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC .5A Fuses & 2 each: AGC 1A, 2A Fuses
00940506ZP 94506 Low Profile MINI Fuse Assortment 1 each: LMIN 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
00940558ZPA 94558 MICRO2 Fuse Assortment 1 each: MICRO2 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A Fuses
00940559ZPA 94559 MCASE Fuse Assortment 1 each: 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A Fuses
0AGA0001ZP AGA1ZP AGA Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGA 1A, 2A, 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
0AGA0002ZP AGA2ZP AGA Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGA 2A, 3A, 10A Fuses & 2 each: AGA 5A Fuses
0AGA0003ZP AGA3ZP AGA Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGA 15A Fuse & 2 each: AGA 20A, 30A Fuses
0AGC0001ZP AGC1ZP AGC Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 1A, 2A, 2.5A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 7.5A, 8A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 35A Fuses
0AGC0002ZP AGC2ZP AGC Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 1A, 2A, 2.5A Fuses & 2 each: AGC 3A Fuses
0AGC0003ZP AGC3ZP AGC Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 4A, 6A, 7.5A Fuses & 2 each: AGC 5A Fuses
0AGC0004ZP AGC4ZP AGC Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 10A Fuse & 2 each: AGC 15A, 20A Fuses
0AGC0005ZP AGC5ZP AGC Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 35A Fuse & 2 each: AGC 25A, 30A Fuses
0AGW0001ZP AGW1ZP AGW/AGX Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGW 3A, 4A, 5A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses 1 each: AGX 3A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
0AGW0002ZP AGW2ZP AGW Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGW 5A, 20A, 30A Fuses & 2 each: AGW 15A Fuses
0AGX0002ZP AGX2ZP AGX Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGX 25A, 30A Fuses & 3 each: AGX 20A Fuses
0SFE0001ZP SFE1ZP SFE Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: SFE 4A, 6A, 7.5A, 9A Fuses & 2 each: 14A, 20A, 30A Fuses
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER DESCRIPTION CONTENTS
00940202ZPGLO 10-1008 ATO SmartGlow Assortment 5 pack 1 each: ATO 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
00940362ZPGLO 11-1008 MINI SmartGlow Assortment 5 pack 1 each: MINI 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
00940400ZGLO 14-0000 ATO SmartGlow Assortment 42 pack 7 each: ATO GLO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
00940462ZGLO 15-0000 MINI SmartGlow Assortment 36 pack 6 each: MINI GLO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
00940555ZPGLO – ATO SmartGlow Assortment
5 pack w/ Flashlight
1 each: ATO GLO 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses &
(1) MINI Keychain LED Flashlight
00940556ZPGLO 094556 MINI SmartGlow Assortment
5 Pack w/ Flashlight
1 each: MINI GLO 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses &
(1) MINI Keychain LED Flashlight
0AGC0001ZPGLO 16-1008 AGC Glass Assortment 5 pack 1 each: AGC 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses
0SFE0001ZPGLO – SFE Glass SmartGlow Assortment 5 pack 1 each: SFE 7.5A, 9A, 14A & 2 each: 20A Fuses
Value Pack Kits
The Littelfuse Value Packs contain a complete assortment of OEM fuses. Value Packs give you the tools for the protection you need —
when and where you need it! The Ultimate fuse kit for home and repair shop comes in a clear plastic, reusable package.
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
00940400Z 094400 ATO Super Value Pack 40pc
00940462Z 094462 MINI Super Value Pack 40pc
00940475Z 094475 ATO , MINI, MAXI Super Value Pack 21pc
00940550Z 094550 MINI /JCASE Super Value Pack 29pc
00940554Z – Low Profile MINI / Low Profile JCASE
Super Value Pack 30pc
00940557ZXA – AGC Glass Super Value Pack 40pc
00940566ZXA – MICRO2/MICRO3 Super Value Pack 60pc
Fuse Assortment Kits
Littelfuse assortments contain a variety of a specific fuse type in assorted amperages.
FuseFuse
®
Assortment Kits
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
22Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
1
Emergency Kits
Available in OEM ATO and MINI fuse versions. The Littelfuse Emergency Diagnostic Fuse Kits are ideal for
the glove box or trunk offering instant protection in the garage or on the road. Contains the most popular
amperages.
Includes roadside tester/puller that tests, removes and installs fuses. Has its own power source that allows it
to operate with or without voltage to a maximum of 24V DC.
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER DESCRIPTION CONTENTS
00940363ZP 094363 MINI Emergency Fuse Kit 1 each: MINI 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller
00940365ZP 094365 Motorcycle Glass Emergency Kit 1 each: AGX 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A Fuses
2 each: AGX 8A Fuses (1) Puller
00940366ZP 094366 Motorcycle ATO Emergency Kit 1 each: ATO 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A Fuses (1) Puller
00940367ZP 094367 American Glass Emergency Kit 1 each: SFE 9A, 14A, 20A
1 each: AGC 5A, 15A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller
00940368ZP 094368 European GBC Emergency Kit 1 each: GBC 5A, 16A, 25A Fuses
2 each: GBC 8A Fuses (1) Puller
00940369ZP 094369 Japanese Glass Emergency Kit 1 each: AGC 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller
00940370ZP 094370 ATO Emergency Kit 1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller
00940418ZP 094418 ATO Emergency Diagnostic Kit 1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) ATO Puller
00940419ZP 094419 Glass Emergency Fuse Kit 1 each: AGC 7.5, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A (1) Glass Puller
00940461ZP 094461 MINI Emergency Diagnostic Kit 1 each: MINI 3A, 4A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
(1) ATO/MINI Tester/Puller
00940479ZP 094479 ATO/MINI Emergency Diagnostic Kit 1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: MINI 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller
00940441ZP 094441 LP MINI Emergency Fuse Kit 1 each: LP MINI 2A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses, (1) Puller
00940442ZP 094442 MCASE, MICRO2, MICRO3
Emergency Kit
1 each: MCASE 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A Fuses, (1) MCase Puller
1 each: MICRO2 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: MICRO3 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A Fuses, (1) MICRO Puller
00940561ZPA 094561 OEM Emergency Kit - GM
1 each: MINI 7.5A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: LP MINI 10A, 15A Fuses
1 each: JCASE 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses
1 each: LPJCASE 30A, 40A Fuses
2 each: MINI 20A Fuses
3 each: MINI 10A, 15A Fuses
00940562ZPA 094562 OEM Emergency Kit - Ford
1 each: MINI 7.5A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: LP MINI 10A, 15A Fuses
1 each: JCASE 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses
1 each: LPJCASE 30A, 40A Fuses
2 each: MINI 20A Fuses
3 each: MINI 10A, 15A Fuses
00940563ZPA 094563 OEM Emergency Kit -
Chrysler/Dodge/Jeep
1 each: MINI 7.5A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: JCASE 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses
2 each: MINI 20A Fuses
3 each: MINI 10A, 15A Fuses
00940565ZPA 094565 Toyota/Lexus
Emergency Fuse Kit
1 each: MICRO2 5A, 7.5A, 10A,15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: LP MINI 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses
(2) Pullers
00940566ZPA 094566 Nissan/Infiniti
Emergency Fuse Kit
1 each: MICRO2 5A, 10A,15A, 20A, 30A Fuses
1 each: MINI 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: ATO 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A, 40A Fuses
1 each: MCASE+ 30A, 40A, 60A, Fuses
2 each: MCASE+ 50A Fuses
(3) Pullers
00940567ZPA 094567 Volkswagen/Audi
Emergency Fuse Kit
1 each: ATO 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A 30A, 40A Fuses
1 each: MINI 2A, 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: JCASE 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A Fuses
1 each: HSB 40A, 50A, 80A, 110A, 175A Fuse Strip
(2) Pullers
00940569ZPA 094569 Hyundai/Kia/Genesis
Emergency Fuse Kit
1 each: MINI 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: LP MINI 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses
1 each: JCASE 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses
1 each: LPJCASE 20A, 30A, 40A Fuses
1 each: MICRO2 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A 30A Fuses
(3) Pullers
Assortment Kits
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
23 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
Circuit Protection
Littelfuse Commercial Assortments cover all of the professional technician’s circuit protection
needs. Littelfuse offers the most comprehensive circuit protection kits on the market today
addressing the needs of the Professional Service Center and Road Service Operation with
genuine Littelfuse OEM fuses. Littelfuse Commercial Assortments are designed for the
professional installer who needs a larger quantity and variety of fuses at the point of installation.
Assortments are packaged in tough plastic storage containers perfect for the parts drawer, tool
box, under counter or road service vehicle.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/KitAssortments
Commercial Assortments
ATO® Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
JCASE® Fuse
10 Piece Commercial Assortment Low Profile JCASE® Fuse
16 Piece Commercial Assortment
MICRO2® MICRO3® MCASE® Fuse
135 Piece Commercial Assortment
MICRO2® Fuse
70 Piece Commercial Assortment
MCASE® Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
Assortment Kits
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER CONTENT
00940409Z 094409 ATO (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER CONTENT
00940422Z 094422
ATO (10-pc): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
MINI (10-pc): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
(1) Puller
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER CONTENT
00940551Z 094551 MINI (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER CONTENT
00940552Z 094552 LPMINI (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER CONTENT
00940480Z 094480
JCASE (2-pc): 20A, 40A, 50A
JCASE (3-pc): 30A - JCASE (1-pc): 60A
(1) Puller
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER CONTENT
00940560ZXA 00940560 MICRO2 (10): 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER CONTENT
00940570ZXA 00940570
MICRO2 (10): 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
MICRO3 (10): 5A, 7.5A, 10, 15A
MCASE (5): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER CONTENT
00940565ZXA 00940565 MCASE (20): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER CONTENT
00940553Z 094553
LPJCASE (4-pc): 20A, 30A, 40A
LPJCASE (2-pc): 50A, 60A
(1) Puller
ATO® / MINI® Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
MINI® Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
Low Profile MINI® Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
24Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
Littelfuse Commercial Assortments cover the professional technician’s circuit
protection needs including Smart Glow style fuses. Available in ATO and MINI
fuse styles the assortments are packaged in tough plastic storage containers
perfect for the parts drawer, tool box, under counter or road service vehicle.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/KitAssortments
Smart Glow Commercial Assortments
Professional Fuse Caddy
Provides a complete assortment designed to meet the professional installer’s on-the-road
fuse needs. Contains 180 of the most popular fuses and installation tools (includes ATO®/
MINI® Tester/ Puller) needed to service passenger cars and light trucks, heavy and medium
trucks and buses.
Comes in compact handy storage box perfect for the on-the-road vehicle.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/KitAssortments
FuseFuse
®
It glows when it blows.
Smart Glow ATO® Blade Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
Smart Glow MINI® Blade Fuse
80 Piece Commercial Assortment
Assortment Kits
CARDED
MATERIAL NUMBER
CONTENT
00940510ZXGLOA MINI (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
CARDED
MATERIAL NUMBER
CONTENT
00940509ZXGLOA ATO (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER CONTENT
00940396Z 094396
ATO (5-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A - ATO (10-pc): 10A, 25A - ATO (15-pc): 15A, 20A, 20A
MINI (5-pc): 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
AGC (5-pc): 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A
SFE (5-pc): 14A, 20A, 30A
MAXI (1-pc): 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A
(1) Fuse Tester and Puller (1) Tri-puller™ (1) MAXI Fuse Puller
1
25 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
Circuit Protection
Red Box™
Designed by Littelfuse, the kit features the exact OEM parts used for
the glass, ATO, MINI, LP MINI, MAXI, PAL, JCASE, LP JCASE, MCASE,
MICRO2 and MICRO3 fuses installed on over 98% of the cars, vans, light
trucks and SUV’s on the road today. All come packed inside one compact,
portable, organized carrying case. With Red Box, your days of wasting
valuable shelf space on redundant part numbers is over. Over 500 fuses
inside Red Box meet over 98% of the market’s circuit protection needs,
giving you more coverage and more profit with a lot less inventory.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/RedBox
RED
BOX
Low Profile MINI® Module (Module 1) JCASE® Module (Module 2)
Blade Fuse Module (Module 3)
PAL Module (Module 4)
Glass Module (Module 5)
MICRO2®, MICRO3®, MCase®,
Low Profile JCASE® Module (Module 6)
Assortment Kits
MATERIAL
NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
0RBOX001Z RBOX1
LMIN005.V 5A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 5
LMIN07.5V 7.5A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 10
LMIN010.V 10A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 10
LMIN015.V 15A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 10
LMIN020.V 20A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 5
LMIN025.V 25A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 5
LMIN030.V 30A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 10
MATERIAL
NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
0RBOX002Z RBOX2
JCAS020.V JCASE 32V S/B BOX 20A 2
JCAS030.V JCASE 32V S/B BOX 30A 2
JCAS040.V JCASE 32V S/B BOX 40A 2
JCAS050.V JCASE 32V S/B BOX 50A 2
JCAS060.V JCASE 32V S/B BOX 60A 2
MATERIAL
NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
0RBOX003Z RBOX3
0ATO005.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 5A 10
0ATO07.5V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 7.5A 10
0ATO010.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 10A 25
0ATO015.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 15A 25
0ATO020.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 20A 25
0ATO025.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 25A 25
0ATO030.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 30A 25
0ATO040.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 40A 10
0MIN005.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 5A 10
0MIN07.5V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 7.5A 10
0MIN010.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 10A 20
0MIN015.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 15A 20
0MIN020.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 20A 20
0MIN025.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 25A 10
0MIN030.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 30A 10
0MAX020.V MAXI BLADE BOX 20A 2
0MAX030.V MAXI BLADE BOX 30A 2
0MAX040.V MAXI BLADE BOX 40A 2
0MAX050.V MAXI BLADE BOX 50A 2
0MAX060.V MAXI BLADE BOX 60A 2
0MAX070.V MAXI BLADE BOX 70A 1
0MAX080.V MAXI BLADE BOX 80A 1
00970019X FUSE TESTER AND PULLER BOX 1
FHAC0002Z ATO HD INLINE FUSE HOLDER BOX 1
0FHM0002Z MINI HD INLINE FUSE HOLDER BOX 1
MATERIAL
NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
0RBOX004Z RBOX4
0PAL020.X FEMALE TERM BOX 20A 1
0PAL030.X FEMALE TERM BOX 30A 1
0PAL040.X FEMALE TERM BOX 40A 1
0PAL050.X FEMALE TERM BOX 50A 1
0PAL060.X FEMALE TERM BOX 60A 1
0PAL130.X STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 30A 1
0PAL160.X STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 60A 1
0PAL180.X STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 80A 1
0PAL1100.X STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 100A 1
0PAL1120.X STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 120A 1
0PAL230.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 30A 1
0PAL240.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 40A 1
0PAL250.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 50A 1
0PAL260.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 60A 1
0PAL270.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 70A 1
0PAL280.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 80A 1
0PAL2100.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 100A 1
0PAL2120.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 120A 1
0PAL330.X MINI FEMALE TERM BOX 30A 1
0PAL340.X MINI FEMALE TERM BOX 40A 1
0PAL430.X 9/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 30A 1
0PAL440.X 9/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 40A 1
0PAL450.X 9/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 50A 1
0PAL480.X 9/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 80A 1
0PAL4100.X 9/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 100A 1
0PAL525.X LOCKING FEMALE TERM BOX 25A 1
0PAL530.X LOCKING FEMALE TERM BOX 30A 1
MATERIAL
NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
0RBOX006Z RBOX6
MIC2005.V MICRO2 Fuse 5A 10
MIC207.5V MICRO2 Fuse 7.5A 10
MIC2010.V MICRO2 Fuse 10A 10
MIC2015.V MICRO2 Fuse 15A 10
MIC2020.V MICRO2 Fuse 20A 10
MIC2025.V MICRO2 Fuse 25A 10
MIC3005.V MICRO3 Fuse 5A 10
MIC307.5V MICRO3 Fuse 7.5A 10
MIC3010.V MICRO3 Fuse 10A 10
MCAS020.V MCASE Fuse 20A 10
MCAS025.V MCASE Fuse 25A 10
MCAS030.V MCASE Fuse 30A 10
MCAS040.V MCASE Fuse 40A 10
LJCA020.V LOW PROFILE JCASE 20A 10
LJCA025.V LOW PROFILE JCASE 25A 10
LJCA030.V LOW PROFILE JCASE 30A 10
LJCA040.V LOW PROFILE JCASE 40A 10
LJCA050.V LOW PROFILE JCASE 50A 10
LJCA060.V LOW PROFILE JCASE 60A 10
MATERIAL
NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
0RBOX005Z RBOX5
0AGC001.V AGC GLASS BOX 1A 10
0AGC002.V AGC GLASS BOX 2A 10
0AGC003.V AGC GLASS BOX 3A 10
0AGC004.V AGC GLASS BOX 4A 10
0AGC005.V AGC GLASS BOX 5A 10
0AGC006.V AGC GLASS BOX 6A 10
0AGC007.5V AGC GLASS BOX 7.5A 10
0AGC010.V AGC GLASS BOX 10A 10
0AGC015.V AGC GLASS BOX 15A 10
0AGC020.V AGC GLASS BOX 20A 10
0AGC025.V AGC GLASS BOX 25A 10
0AGC030.V AGC GLASS BOX 30A 10
0AGW030.V AGW GLASS BOX 30A 10
0AGX030.V AGX GLASS BOX 30A 10
0SFE004.V SFE GLASS BOX 4A 10
0SFE009.V SFE GLASS BOX 9A 10
0SFE014.V SFE GLASS BOX 14A 10
0SFE020.V SFE GLASS BOX 20A 10
0SFE030.V SFE GLASS BOX 30A 10
Puller Tester 1
KIT Professional
Installer Case KIT Professional Installer
Case (No Glass with Module 5)
KIT Professional Installer
Case (No Glass with Module 6)
MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER
0RED0BOXZ REDBOX 0RED0BOXZXNG REDBOXNG 0RED0BOXZXNGA
MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
0RBOX003ZGLO RBOX3GLO
Contact your local sales manager for more information
26Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
1
0MRS0007ZXA
Modular Rack Systems
The new MRS Modular Rack System is a flexible offering of fuses that can be ordered based on your needs. Each rack is sold individually
and can be locked together to sit on a counter, or wall mounted. They are also available as a complete kit. Size charts, and color
identification charts are included to serve as a guide for easy identification and replacement.
Modular Rack Systems Part Number Contents
Assortment Kits
MATERIAL
NUMBER
0MRS0001Z 0MRS0002Z 0MRS0003Z 0MRS0004Z 0MRS0005Z 0MRS0006Z 0MRS0009ZXA
CATALOG
NUMBER
MRS1 MRS2 MRS3 MRS4 MRS5 MRS6 MRS9
FUSE TYPE
ATO MINI / MAXI GLASS / CERAMIC PAL / MEGA PAL / JCASE
ATO / MINI
ASSORTMENTS
MICRO2 / MICRO3 / MCASE
CONTENTS
(5) ATO3 (5) MIN2 (5) AGC1 (10) SFE4 (2) PAL20 (1) PAL1120 (1) PAL430 (12) 094202B (2) MIC2 5 (3) MIC3 10
(5) ATO4 (5) MIN3 (5) AGC2 (10) SFE7.5 (4) PAL30 (1) PAL230 (1) PAL440 (12) 094362B (2) MIC2 7.5 (3) MIC3 15
(10) ATO5 (5) MIN4 (10) AGC3 (10) SFE9 (3) PAL40 (1) PAL240 (1) PAL450 (4) MIC2 10 (2) MCAS 15
(10) ATO7.5 (10) MIN5 (5) AGC5 (10) SFE14 (3) PAL50 (1) PAL250 (1) PAL480 (4) MIC2 15 (3) MCAS 20
(15) ATO10 (10) MIN7.5 (5) AGC7.5 (30) SFE20 (2) PAL60 (1) PAL260 (1) PAL4100 (4) MIC2 20 (2) MCAS 25
(15) ATO15 (15) MIN10 (10) AGC10 (10) SFE30 (1) PAL130 (1) PAL270 (1) PAL525 (3) MIC2 25 (4) MCAS 30
(20) ATO20 (20) MIN15 (20) AGC15 (10) GBC8 (2) PAL160 (1) PAL280 (1) PAL530 (3) MIC2 30A (3) MCAS 40
(10) ATO25 (20) MIN20 (20) AGC20 (10) GBC16 (3) PAL180 (1) PAL2100 (1) JCAS40 (3) MIC3 5
(15) ATO30 (15) MIN25 (10) AGC25 (10) GBC25 (2) PAL1100 (1) PAL2120 (1) JCAS50 (3) MIC3 7.5
(5) ATO40 (15) MIN30 (30) AGC30 (2) MEG 175 (1) JCAS20 (1) JCAS60
(2) MAX20 (5) AGW15 (2) JCAS30
(3) MAX30 (5) AGW20 (1) PAL330
(2) MAX40 (1) PAL340
(2) MAX50
(3) MAX60
MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION CONTENTS
0MRS0001Z MRS1 ATO Modular Rack System See Table Below
0MRS0002Z MRS2 MINI-MAXI Modular Rack System See Table Below
0MRS0003Z MRS3 Glass Modular Rack System See Table Below
0MRS0004Z MRS4 PAL / MEGA Modular Rack System See Table Below
0MRS0005Z MRS5 PAL / JCASE Modular Rack System See Table Below
0MRS0006Z MRS6 ATO / MINI Assortments Modular Rack System See Table Below
0MRS0007Z MRS7 Complete Modular Rack System - 6 Racks MRS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6 - See Table Below
0MRS0007ZXA MRS7A Complete Modular Rack System - 7 Racks MRS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 & 9 - See Table Below
0MRS0009ZXA MRS9 ACS / MICRO2 / MICRO3 / MCASE Modular Rack System See Table Below
0MRS0200Z MRS200 ATO / MINI / MAXI Modular Rack System MRS Racks 1 & 2 (Assembled)
0MRS0300Z MRS300 ATO / MINI / MAXI / Glass Modular Rack System MRS Racks 1, 2 & 3 (Assembled)
27 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
Circuit Protection
Fuse Clip Circuit Breakers
Direct replacement for many OEM applications.
Designed for glass fuses without physical
alteration in the system. Fits 1-1/4" fuse clips.
SAE Type II non-cycling used primarily as a
wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive
systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard.
CURRENT
RATING (A)
PART NUMBERS
BULK BOXED
10 - 30410-10-BX
15 30410-15 30410-15-BX
20 30410-20 30410-20-BX
25 30410-25 30410-25-BX
30 30410-30 30410-30-BX
Circuit Breakers
MINI® Footprint Circuit Breakers
Designed to fit in a MINI Blade fuse block or
panel. SAE Type II used primarily as a wiring
harness protector in 12V DC automotive
systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard.
CURRENT
RATING (A)
PART NUMBERS
BULK BOXED
10 30419-10 –
15 30419-15 30419-15-BX
20 30419-20 30419-20-BX
25 30419-25 30419-25-BX
Type 1 • Automatic Reset
Cycles or continuously resets until the
fault is corrected. Type I circuit breakers
are typically used to protect circuits which
occasionally experience momentary
overloads such as wiper motor and
headlamp circuits where a self resetting
device is preferred.
Type II • Modified Reset
Non-cycling, remains in open position while
there is power to the circuit. Resets when
ignition is turned off. Type II circuit breakers
are typically used in applications where fuse
replacement is objectionable, such as power
window, seat and sunroof circuits.
Type III • Manual Reset
Manually resettable circuit breakers remain
in the open position until a button, lever
or other external reset device is manually
depressed. Type III circuit breakers are
typically used in applications where a
manual reset is desired for safe diagnosis
of a circuit fault.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/CircuitBreakers
Wide MINI® Footprint Circuit Breakers
Direct factory replacement for many domestic OEM applications. Designed to fit either in an ATO or MINI
blade fuse block or panel. Their blade configuration is of the MINI design and fit in a standard ATO fuse slot
or across two MINI slots. Available in either SAE Type I cycling or SAE Type II non-cycling used primarily as
a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard.
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED APPLICATION CYCLING NON-CYCLING
MATERIAL NUMBER
15 0MMB015.X Heavy Truck Headlamp •
20 0MMB020.X Automotive Headlamp •
10 0MNB010.X Heavy Duty Truck •
15 0MNB015.X Heavy Duty Truck •
20 0MNB020.X Automotive/Heavy Truck •
25 0MNB025.X Automotive/Heavy Truck •
30 0MNB030.X Automotive/Heavy Truck •
Specialty OEM ATO® Footprint Circuit Breakers
Direct factory replacement for many domestic OEM vehicles. SAE Type I and Type II modified reset used
primarily as a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard.
Designed to mount in ATO style fuse blocks and panels.
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED CARDED
APPLICATION OEM PART NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
20 – 0ACB020.XP Automotive Headlamp GM# 12040816
30 – 0ACB030.XP Power Windows, & Locks GM# 01252240
20 0FCB020.X 0FCB020.XP Power Windows Ford# 83507005
25 0CCB025.X 0CCB025.XP Windows, Seats & Locks Ford# D9AB-14526-BA Chrysler# 4527053
28Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
1
Circuit Breakers
Universal ATO® Footprint Circuit Breakers
Universal Circuit Breakers function identically and have same internal components as OEM breakers but
offer the versatility of snap off terminals for greater flexibility. SAE Type II modified reset used primarily
as a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Meets OEM requirements. Conforms to
SAE J553C standard. Designed to mount in ATO style fuse blocks and panels.
MAXI Style Circuit Breakers
Direct factory replacement for many domestic OEM applications. Designed to fit a MAXI Blade fuse block
or panel. Available in either SAE Type I cycling or SAE Type II non-cycling. Used primarily as a wiring harness
protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Meet OEM requirements. Conforms to SAE J553C standard.
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED
APPLICATION CYCLING NON
CYCLING
MATERIAL
NUMBER
20 0MCB020.X Automotive Headlamp •
30 0MCB030.X Automotive Headlamp, Seats & Wipers •
40 0MCB040.X – •
20 0MXB020.X Automotive Power Devices Heavy Truck & Auto Cooling Fan •
30 0MXB030.X Automotive Power Window Heavy Truck & Auto Cooling Fan & Power
Window •
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED BOXED BULK CARDED
MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER
5 0UCB005.X BUCB005.Z 0UCB005.XP
10 0UCB010.X BUCB010.Z 0UCB010.XP
15 0UCB015.X BUCB015.Z 0UCB015.XP
20 0UCB020.X BUCB020.Z 0UCB020.XP
25 0UCB025.X BUCB025.Z 0UCB025.XP
30 0UCB030.X BUCB030.Z 0UCB030.XP
PART NUMBERS DESCRIPTION NUMBER
OF GANGS
MATERIAL
DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSIONS NOTES
BULK BOXED
30090-2 30090-2-BX
Mounting Bracket
2
Steel
.81” x 1.29” (122.2 x 32.8 mm) 4.00” (101.6mm) on centers
For all steel breakers without a bracket.
Breakers snap into position, engaging
with dimples in the case of the breaker.
30090-3 30090-3-BX 3 5.71” x 1.29” (145.0 x 32.8mm) 1.90” (124.5mm) on centers
30090-4 30090-4-BX 4 6.62” x 1.29” (160.1 x 32.8mm) 5.81” (147.6mm) on centers
30090-6 30090-6-BX 6 8.43” x 1.29” (214.1 x 32.8mm) 7.62” (193.5mm) on centers
30090-8 30090-8-BX 8 10.25” x 1.29” (260.4 x 32.8mm) 9.43” (239.5mm) on centers
– 86099-2-BX
Busbar
2
Brass
1.53” long (38.9mm) –
Holes: .910” (23.1mm) on centers,
0.21” (5.3mm) diameter
86099-3 86099-3-BX 3 2.43” long (61.7mm) –
86099-4 86099-4-BX 4 3.34” long (84.8mm) –
86099-5 86099-5-BX 5 4.24” long (197.7mm) –
86126-2 86126-2-BX 2
Copper
1.41” x .560” (35.8 x 14.2mm) .910” (23.11mm) on centers
Recommended for use
with brackets 87128-X
Slots: .910” on centers,
.210” (5.3mm) wide
86126-4 86126-4-BX 4 3.23” x .560” (82.1 x 14.2mm) 2.73” (69.34mm) on centers
86126-6 86126-6-BX 6 5.05” x .560” (128.3 x 14.2mm) 4.55” (115.57mm) on centers
86126-8 86126-8-BX 8 6.87” x .560” (174.5 x 14.2mm) 6.37” (161.79mm) on centers
86126-12 86126-12-BX 12 10.51” x .560” (267.0 x 14.2mm) 10.01” (254.25mm) on centers
Circuit Breaker Mounting Brackets & Bus Bars
Mounting brackets available in steel or nylon and accept 30056 and 30137 series breakers.
Bus bars are made from heavy solid brass or copper, with holes or slots that make it easy to connect box-type circuit breakers with studs, in
order to feed a number of protected circuits.
30090-04 4-gang steel bracket 86099-5 brass busbar with holes 86126-4 copper busbar with slots
29 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
1
Circuit Protection
Circuit Breakers
PART NUMBERS
VOLT
AMPS
SEALED
NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
30056-10 30056-10-BX –
12
10 –
Type I
30056-15 30056-15-BX –
15 –
30056-20 30056-20-BX –
20 –
30056-25 30056-25-BX –
25 –
30056-30 30056-30-BX –
30 –
30056-40 30056-40-BX –
40 –
30056-50 30056-50-BX –
50 –
30137-10 – –
10 •
Type I
sealed
30137-15 30137-15-BX –
15 •
30137-20 30137-20-BX –
20 •
30137-30 – –
30 •
PART NUMBERS
VOLT
AMPS
SEALED
NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
30055-10 30055-10-BX –
12
10
–
Type I
with bracket
30055-15 30055-15-BX 30055-15-BP
15
–
30055-20 30055-20-BX 30055-20-BP
20
–
30055-25 30055-25-BX –
25
–
30055-30 30055-30-BX 30055-30-BP
30
–
30055-40 30055-40-BX 30055-40-BP
40 –
30055-50 30055-50-BX 30055-50-BP
50 –
30138-10 – –
10 •
Type I sealed
with bracket
30138-15 – –
15 •
-30138-30-BX –
30 •
30138-40 – –
40 •
30128-10 30128-10-BX –
10 –
Type I with
cross-bracket
30128-15 30128-15-BX –
15 –
30128-20 30128-20-BX –
20 –
30128-30 30128-30-BX –
30 –
30128-40 30128-40-BX –
40 –
PART NUMBERS
VOLT
AMPS
SEALED
NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
30171-10 30171-10-BX –
24
10
–
Type I
30171-15 30171-15-BX –
15
–
30171-20 30171-20-BX –
20
–
30171-30 30171-30-BX –
30
–
30172-10 – –
10
–
Type I
with bracket
30172-15 30172-15-BX –
15
–
30172-20 30172-20-BX –
20
–
30172-30 30172-30-BX –
30
–
3088-50 – –
12
50
–
Type I
double breaker
assembly
3088-60 3088-60-BX –
60
–
3088-80 3088-80-BX –
80
–
30507-60 30507-60-BX –
60 • Type I sealed
double breaker
assembly
30507-80 30507-80-BX –
80 •
PART NUMBERS
VOLT
AMPS
SEALED
NOTES
BULK BOXED
–30062-20-BX
12
20 •
Type I with Bracket
30062-30 30062-30-BX
30 •
30063-10 –
12
10 •
Type I
30063-20 30063-20-BX
10 •
30063-30 –
30 •
Type I Steel Case with Stud Terminals
Box Style Circuit Breakers
Steel or plastic housing. Steel box type is approximately 1 ¼" x ¾" x 2/3" and comes with integral brackets (to be directly affixed with
screws or bolts) or without (needs a mounting bracket). Breakers have 10-32 studs, blades or wire leads. Wire lead type has a 10" wire
loop connected to studs and PVC-coated. Loop is intended to be cut, stripped and spliced into a circuit.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/CircuitBreakers
PVC-Coated Steel Case with Wire Terminals
30056, 30137, 30171 - with studs, no bracket 30055, 30138, 30172 - with studs and bracket 30128 - with studs and cross-bracket 3088, 30507 - double breaker assembly
30062 with wire leads,
with bracket
30063 with wire leads,
without bracket
Stud Type Low Voltage (6-12 V DC) Circuit
Breakers
SAE Type I automatic reset provides protection in
installations where it is not possible to manually reset
a breaker because of location or safety requirements.
Used primarily as a wiring harness protector in 12V
DC automotive systems. Conforms to SAE J553C
standard. Available with or without mounting bracket.
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED W/O BRACKET BOXED W/ BRACKET CARDED
MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER
5 0812005.ZXST 0813005.ZXST –
6 0812006.ZXST – –
8 – 0813008.ZXST –
10 0812010.ZXST 0813010.ZXST –
15 0812015.ZXST 0813015.ZXST –
20 0812020.ZXST 0813020.ZXST 0813020.XP
25 0812025.ZXST 0813025.ZXST –
30 0812030.ZXST 0813030.ZXST 0813030.XP
4 0812040.ZXST 0813040.ZXST 0813040.XP
50 0812050.ZXST 0813050.ZXST 0813050.XP
30Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
1
Circuit Breakers
50-150A • 32V DC • Hi-Amp Type III • Circuit Breakers
These high amp circuit breakers are typically used in auxiliary and accessory circuits for trucks,
buses, RVs and marine applications in battery charger systems and DC audio systems. All high
amp circuit breakers comply with the SAE J1117 and J1625 standard for ignition protection.
• Agency Approvals: UL Approved for all amp ratings at 32V DC
• Interrupting Rating: 3000A @30V DC
• Ignition Protection: SAE J1625 and J1171
• Material: Thermoset Plastic UL Rating 94VO
• Temperature Range: -32C to 92C
• RoHS Compliant
• Waterproof
CURRENT
RATING (A)
BOXED PART NUMBERS CARDED PART NUMBERS
INTERRUPTING
RATING RoHS
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
50 0185050.X 185050 – – 3000A @ 30V DC •
60 0185060.X 185060 – – 3000A @ 30V DC •
70 0185070.X 185070 – – 3000A @ 30V DC •
80 0185080.X 185080 – – 3000A @ 30V DC •
100 – – 0185100.XP 185100BP 3000A @ 30V DC •
120 – – 0185120.XP 185120BP 3000A @ 30V DC •
150 – – 0185150.XP 185150BP 3000A @ 30V DC •
MINI® Type I Circuit Breakers
Designed to fit in a MINI blade fuse block or panel. Conforms to SAE J553. Cycles or continuously
resets until the fault is corrected. Type I circuit breakers are typically used to protect circuits which
occasionally experience momentary overloads such as wiper motor and headlamp circuits where a
self resetting device is preferred.
ATO® Circuit Breakers Series - Type I Automatic Reset
Circuit breakers and fuses are a cost-effective solution to protecting wiring, equipment and subsystems.
Terminals are grooved so that they can be easily snapped off with pliers to fit the electrical blocks of different
vehicles. Use as is (long terminals) for Kenworth trucks. Use with one segment snapped off each terminal
for: Dodge trucks, Ford heavy trucks, Navistar trucks. Use with two segments snapped off (short terminals)
for Ford pickup trucks.
Color-coded housings with rating marked on the top: 10A red, 15A blue, 20A yellow, 25A silver, 30A green.
CURRENT
RATING (A)
CARDED PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
10 0211010.XP 211010BP
15 0211015.XP 211015BP
20 0211020.XP 211020BP
25 0211025.XP 211025BP
30 0211030.XP 211030BP
CURRENT
RATING (A)
PART NUMBERS COLOR
BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL
10 30409-10 30409-10-BX – Red
15 30409-15 30409-15-BX – Blue
20 30409-20 30409-20-BX 30409-20-BP Yellow
25 30409-25 30409-25-BX – Silver
30 30409-30 30409-30-BX 30409-30-BP Green
Long terminals,
as supplied
One segment
snapped off
Two segments
snapped off
31 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Where Do I Need a Fuse Holder?
Fuse holders allow you to install a fuse into an electrical circuit to protect the wiring
from the harmful effects of excessive amount of electricity flowing through the cables.
The fuse is a replaceable element that will ‘blow’ to stop the flow of an overload of
electricity. If a fuse blows in a circuit, it is important to understand what caused the
issue before replacing the fuse, otherwise there is a risk of repeated failures.
Fuses (in fuse holders) should be placed on every wire, as close to the point of the
source of power (the battery) as possible. Every time a wire is split or spliced into
smaller wires, each of those should be fused. Single fuse holders protect a single
wire. A fuse (holder) should be properly sized. Larger diameter wires require larger
fuses and smaller diameter wires get smaller rated fuses. Refer to best practices for
proper selection fuses for your system
Sealed or Unsealed
Depending where on the vehicle a fuse holder is placed, it may be wise to utilize
sealed fuse holders. In all instances, it is wise to try to have the most amount of
physical protection of the fuse/fuse holder combination that makes sense. Fuse
holders may have simple coverings (to prevent accidental shorting), all the way to
completely sealing the fuse and cable to provide protection from moisture and dust in
the electrical system. The more exposure to impurities the more risk to the safe and
efficient performance of the electrical system as these elements can cause corrosion,
and even electrical faults and failures. Some environments however are protected and
it may not be necessary to use a sealed fuse holder. Littelfuse offers a wide variety of
fuse holders that range from open to fully sealed.
Fuse Holders accept fuses to provide electrical protection on circuits. In the following
section, there is a wide range of fuse holders from lower current to higher current
ratings and in various levels of sealing from moisture and dust. These are all single fuse
products. For products accepting multiple fuses, refer to our Power Distribution Module
(PDM) product offerings, in the next section of this catalog.
Fuse Blocks, Holders
& Terminal Blocks
32Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
32
Bolt-Down Fuse Blocks
Flex-MEGA® Fuse Block
For use with MEGA bolt-down fuses, up to 500A. The Flex holder offers a flexible cover, which allows cable
entry from virtually any direction, large wire size, and ring terminal stack up. Busbars are available for multiple
holder applications and a dovetail feature allows interlocking of multiple Flex-MIDI and Flex-MEGA fuse holders
together for a power distribution block. Fuse not included. Additional information at: littelfuse.com/FLEX-MEGA
MEGA® Bolt-Down Fuse Block
Use with MEGA fuses up to 500A. Ideal for battery and alternator connections and other heavy gauge
cables requiring ultra high current protection. Includes protective cover. Features interconnecting pins on
side of fuse block for multiple block configurations. Includes M8 threaded studs and hex nuts with lock
washers. Fuse not included. Additional information: littelfuse.com/298
MEGA® SN Series Assure-Latch™ Fuse Block
The SN Series is a high amperage in-line MEGA fuse block with sealed positive latching technology. The
fuse holder base and cover are secured together with AssureLatch™ technology to form a water resistant
and ignition protected assembly. Fuse not included. Additional information: littelfuse.com/SN
MIDI® SN Series Assure-Latch™ Fuse Block
The SN Series is a high amperage in-line MEGA fuse block with sealed positive latching technology. The
fuse holder base and cover are secured together with AssureLatch™ technology to form a water resistant
and ignition protected assembly. Fuse not included. Additional information: littelfuse.com/SN
Flex-MIDI® Fuse Block
For use with MIDI bolt-down fuses, up to 200A. The Flex holder offers a flexible cover, which allows cable
entry from virtually any direction, large wire size, and ring terminal stack up. Busbars are available for multiple
holder applications and a dovetail feature allows interlocking of multiple Flex-MIDI and Flex-MEGA fuse holders
together for a power distribution block. Fuse not included. Additional information: littelfuse.com/FLEX-MIDI
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE HARDWARE MATERIAL STUD TORQUE NOTES
04981038HXFC 32V DC 200A Zinc-Plated Steel 3.0-5.0 Nm –
04982001ZXFC 32V DC 200A Zinc-Plated Steel 3.0-5.0 Nm 2 Holders with Busbar
BUSBAR PART NUMBERS
DESCRIPTION HARDWARE MATERIAL –NOTES
882-267-002 2 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper –For use 2 Fuse Holders
882-267-003 3 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper –For use 3 Fuse Holders
882-267-004 4 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper –For use 4 Fuse Holders
882-267-005 5 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper –For use 5 Fuse Holders
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE HARDWARE MATERIAL STUD TORQUE NOTES
02981001ZXT 32V DC 500A Zinc-Plated Steel 12-18 Nm 330 PC
02981028HXFC-SS 32V DC 500A Stainless Steel 12-18 Nm –
02981028HXFC 32V DC 500A Zinc-Plated Steel 12-18 Nm –
BUSBAR PART NUMBERS
DESCRIPTION HARDWARE MATERIAL –NOTES
882-839-2 2 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper –For use 2 Fuse Holders
882-839-3 3 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper –For use 3 Fuse Holders
882-839-4 4 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper –For use 4 Fuse Holders
882-839-5 5 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper –For use 5 Fuse Holders
PART
NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INGRESS HARDWARE
MATERIAL STUD TORQUE NOTES
880014 32V DC 500A IP66 & IP69K Tin-Plated Steel 20 Nm Ignition Protected
PART
NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INGRESS HARDWARE
MATERIAL STUD TORQUE NOTES
880015 32V DC 200A IP66 & IP69K Tin-Plated Steel 20 Nm Ignition Protected
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE HARDWARE
MATERIAL STUD TORQUE
BULK 70-PC BULK 20-PC BULK 10-PC
02980900Z 02980900S 02980900TXN 32V DC 500A Zinc-Plated Steel 12-18 Nm
33 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
2
MIDI® Compact In-line Fuse Holder
Designed for use with bolt-down MIDI style fuses. It can be conveniently installed directly in-line with
the cables and no mounting required. The fuse holder is easy to shrinkwrap for environmental
protection and the corners of the cover are curved so that shrinkwrap will not be split.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/498-IL
MIDI® In-line Fuse Holder
Use with MIDI fuses up to 200 amps. Includes protective cover. Features interconnecting pins on side of
fuse block for multiple block configurations. Includes M5 threaded studs and hex nuts with lock washers.
Fuse not included.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/498
Fuse Blocks & Holders
PART NUMBERS DETAILS AMPERAGE HARDWARE MATERIAL
BULK 500-PC
04980921GXM5 Complete Assembly 200A Zinc-Plated Steel
PART NUMBERS DETAILS AMPERAGE HARDWARE
MATERIAL
BULK 10-PC BULK 20-PC BULK 330-PC
0498900.TXN 04980900S 04980900ZXT Complete Assembly 200A Zinc-Plated Steel
– – 04980903ZXT Holder with mounting brackets 200A Zinc-Plated Steel
– – 04980904ZXT Includes protective cover, threaded
M5 studs, split washers, and hexnuts 200A Zinc-Plated Steel
MAXI In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers - MAH Series
Use with MAXI Fuse up to 60 amps. Supplied with two 6" wire leads of 6 gauge black wire. Includes
protective cover for harsh environment and mounting hole for easy firewall installation.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/MAH
MAXI In-line Blade Splash Resistant Fuse Holders with Covers - 152 Series
The In-line Splash Resistant Fuse Holder provides an efficient, simple installation method for MAXI fuse
applications in harsh under-the-hood environments
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/152
MAXI In-line Fuse Holders with Optional Covers - MAB Series
Use with MAXI fuses up to 60 amps. Safe/easy replacement for hard to replace fusible link wire. Perfect
for high amp audio applications. Interlocking block feature permits two pole position installation. Contains
screw terminals. Optional dust cover available (Part Number: 01520007Z).
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/MAB
BOXED PART NUMBERS
DETAILS AMPERAGE INGRESS
WIRE DETAILS
COVER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
MAHC0001ZXJ MAH1 Standard up to 60A IP67 65" Black •
MAHC0001ZXJA MAH1 Standard up to 60A IP67 65" Red •
MAHC0001TXJ MAH1 Standard up to 60A IP67 65" Black •
PART NUMBERS DETAILS AMPERAGE INGRESS KIT CONTENTS
BULK 10-PC SEALS TERMINALS COVER
01520003TXN941 for 4-6mm2 wire 60A IP54 • • •
01520003TXN942 for 6-10mm2 wire 60A IP54 • • •
01520005Z Body with tabs 60A IP54 • •
01520006Z Body without tabs 60A IP54 • •
PART NUMBERS DETAILS AMPERAGE COVER
BULK BOXED CARDED
0MAB0001S 0MAB0001F 0MAB0001XP High Amp up to 60A Sold Separately
In-Line Fuse Holders
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
34Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
32
In-Line Blade Fuse Holders
MINI® In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers - FHM Series
Use with MINI 2 to 20A fuses. Supplied with two 4" wire leads of 14 gauge black wire. Includes
protective cover for harsh environment. Heavy Duty MINI® In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers -
FHM Series: Use with MINI 25 and 30A fuses. Supplied with two 4" wire leads of 12 gauge orange
wire. Includes protective cover for harsh environment.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/FHM
ATO® In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers - FHAC Series
Use with ATO 1 to 20A fuses. Supplied with two 3.5" wire leads of 16 gauge black wire. Includes
protective cover for harsh environment. Heavy Duty ATO® In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers - FHAC
Series: Use with ATO 25 and 30A fuses for air conditioner or other heavy duty applications. Supplied with
two 3.5" wire leads of 12 gauge orange wire. Includes protective cover for harsh environment.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/FHAC
ATO® In-line Blade Fuse Holders - FHA Series
Use with ATO 1 to 20A fuses. Supplied with two 4" wire leads of 16 gauge black wire. Heavy Duty ATO®
In-line Blade Fuse Holders - FHA Series: Use with ATO 25 and 30A fuses for air conditioner or other
heavy duty applications. Supplied with two 4" wire leads of 12 gauge orange wire. FHA30BP includes 30
amp fuse.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/FHA
ATO® In-line Panel Mount Blade Fuse Holders - AFH and 155 Series
Versatile fuse holder for in-line or snap mount panel applications. Interlock body design allows fuse
holders to be snapped together. Supplied with 8" loop of 14 gauge black wire. Heavy Duty ATO® In-line
Panel Mount Blade Fuse Holders - AFH and 155 Series: Use with ATO 25 and 30A fuses. Supplied with
8" loop of 10 gauge orange wire.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/AFH
PART NUMBERS
DETAILS AMPERAGE INGRESS
WIRE DETAILS
COVER
BULK 20-PC
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
0FHM0001SXJ 0FHM0001XP FHM1BP Standard 2-20A IP67 14 4" Black •
0FHM0002SXJ 0FHM0002XP FHM2BP Heavy Duty 25-30A IP67 12 4" Orange •
–0FHM0001XPGLO 20-1020 Smart Glow –IP67 –4" Red •
PART NUMBERS
DETAILS AMPERAGE INGRESS
WIRE DETAILS
COVER
BULK 20-PC
CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
FHAC0001SXJ FHAC0001XP FHAC1BP Standard 2-20A IP67 16 3.5" Black •
FHAC0002SXJ FHAC0002XP FHAC2BP Heavy Duty 25-30A IP67 12 3.5" Orange •
PART NUMBERS
DETAILS AMPERAGE
WIRE DETAILS
BOXED CARDED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
0AFH0001Z AFH1 0AFH0001XP AFH1BP Standard 1-20A 14 8" loop Black
– – 0AFH0002XP AFH2BP Heavy Duty 25-30A 10 8" loop Orange
01550300Z 155300 – – Standard 20A 14 8" loop Black
PART NUMBERS
DETAILS AMPERAGE
WIRE DETAILS
BULK 20-PC
CARDED BOXED
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
0FHA0001SXJ 0FHA0001XP FHA1BP – – Standard 1-20A 16 4" Black
0FHA0002SXJ 0FHA0002XP FHA2BP – – Heavy Duty 25-30A 12 4" Orange
–0FHA0030XP FHA30BP 0FHA0030Z FHA30 Heavy Duty
with 30A Fuse 25-30A 12 4" Orange
–0FHA0001XPGLO
20-1010 – – Smart Glow – – 4" Red
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
FuseFuse
®
FuseFuse
®
35 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
2
Fuse Blocks & Holders
JCASE® In-line Cartridge Fuse Holders - FHJC & FHJ Series
In-line fuse holders for JCASE fuses available with brackets covers or wire sizes 10AWG (up to 40A) or
8AWG (up to 60A). Additional information: littelfuse.com/FHJC
PART NUMBERS DETAILS AMPERAGE INGRESS WIRE DETAILS BRACKET COVER
BULK 250-PC BULK 50-PC GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
FHJC1001G – Standard up to 40A IP67 10AWG 4" Red – •
FHJC1002G FHJC1002L Heavy Duty up to 60A IP67 8AWG 4" Red – •
FHJC2002G FHJC2002L Heavy Duty up to 60A IP67 8AWG 4" Red • •
0FHJ1001G – Standard up to 40A –10AWG 4" Red – –
0FHJ1002G –Heavy Duty up to 60A –8AWG 4" Red – –
0FHJ2001G – Standard up to 40A –10AWG 4" Red • –
0FHJ2002G –Heavy Duty up to 60A –8AWG 4" Red • –
JCASE & Glass Fuse Holders
Glass Fuse In-line Fuse Holders
Holders accept SFE and AGC fuses through 30A. Supplied with wire loop which can be cut and spliced.
Holder twist-locks the fuse in place. Available with the fuse. Additional information: littelfuse.com/3031
Glass Fuse In-line Bayonet Knob Fuse Holders • FHP Series
Constructed of tough black thermoset (UL94V0). Includes 3 springs for various fuse sizes and spring-
locked, bayonet type knob. Supplied with 15" loop of 14 gauge red wire. Use with Glass SFE 71/2, 9, 14,
20, AGA, AGC, AGW and AGX Fuses up to 20 amps. Additional information: littelfuse.com/FHP
Glass Fuse In-line Heavy Duty Fuse Holders • FNY Series
Spring loaded heavy duty glass fuse holder includes AGC 20A or 30A fuse for GM air conditioner, heater
blower motors or other heavy duty applications. Supplied with two 4" wire leads of 12 gauge orange wire.
FNY20BP includes 20A fuse, FNY30BP includes 30A fuse. Additional information: littelfuse.com/FNY
Glass Fuse In-line Twist-Lock Fuse Holders • FNY Series
Constructed of weather resistant nylon. Simple “twist-lock” allows easy fuse removal and replacement.
Supplied with 8" loop of 14 gauge black wire and one spring. Use with Glass SFE 4, 6, 71/2, 9, 14, 20,
AGA, AGC, AGW and AGX Fuses up to 20 amps. Additional information: littelfuse.com/FNY
3AG Shock-Safe Panel Mount Fuse Holders
Designed to eliminate the possibility of electrical shock, as defined in IEC standards 65 and 257.
Shock-Safe fuse holders feature a low profile body, finger-grip knob and anti-tease feature that
eliminates circuit interruption when knob is accidentally depressed.
PART NUMBERS DETAILS AMPERAGE WIRE DETAILS
BULK BOXED RETAIL GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
3031-0 3031-0-BX 3031-0-BP Holder Only up to 30A 14 8" loop Black
3031-20 3031-20-BX 3031-20-BP With 20A Fuse 20A 14 8" loop Black
3031-30 3031-30-BX –With 30A Fuse 30A 14 8" loop Black
BOXED PART NUMBERS DETAILS AMPERAGE WIRE DETAILS
MATERIAL CATALOG GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
0FHP0001Z FHP1 Holder Only up to 20A 14 15" loop Red
CARDED PART NUMBERS DETAILS AMPERAGE WIRE DETAILS
MATERIAL CATALOG GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
0FNY0020XP FNY20BP With 20A Fuse 20A 12 4" Orange
0FNY0030XP FNY30BP With 30A Fuse 30A 12 4" Orange
CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER VOLTAGE AMPERAGE TERMINALS
03453LF2XP 250V 20A ¼" straight NEMA/DIN quick connect
CARDED PART NUMBERS DETAILS AMPERAGE WIRE DETAILS
MATERIAL CATALOG GAUGE LENGTH COLOR
0FNY0001XP FNY1BP Holder Only up to 20A 14 8" loop Black
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
36Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
32
Caution: Fusetaps are not a recommended alternative for adding circuits because they can stress the terminals in the fuse block. This situation can create a
loose fitting fuse, which in turn produces excessive heat, which can cause nuisance blows, even melting of the fuse and fuse block and possibly an expensive
repair in the future. When a fusetap is used, in many cases there is no fuse protecting the new circuit, a condition which can also present a hazard.
Add-A-Circuit® & Power Feed
ATO® Add-A-Circuit®
Allows easy installation of additional circuits without cutting or splicing. Turns one fuse slot into two
while providing protection for both circuits. Maintains new car warranty. Use with ATO Fuses up to
10 amps. Carded Kit Part Numbers include ATO 3, 5, 7.5 and 10 amp fuses.
MINI® Add-A-Circuit®
Same as ATO Add-A-Circuit except for use with MINI Fuses up to 10 amps.
Carded Kit Part Numbers include MINI 3, 5, 7.5 and 10 amp fuses.
LP MINI® Add-A-Circuit®
Same as ATO Add-A-Circuit except for use with LPMINI Fuses up to 10 amps.
Carded Kit Part Numbers include LPMINI 3, 5, 7.5 and 10 amp fuses.
MICRO2® Add-A-Circuit®
Same as ATO Add-A-Circuit except for use with MICRO2 Fuses up to 10 amps.
Carded Kit Part Numbers include MICRO2 3, 5, 7.5 and 10 amp fuses.
Battery Power Feed Kit
Attaches directly to battery terminal. Allows the addition of up to 3 circuits. Includes MINI fuse in-line fuse holder
with protective cap. Also can be used as a frame ground. Constructed of durable brass for optimal conductivity..
BULK PART NUMBERS CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
0FHA0200Z FHA200 0FHA0200ZP FHA200BP
BULK PART NUMBERS CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
0FHM0200Z FHM200 0FHM0200ZP FHM200BP
BULK PART NUMBERS CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER
FHLM0200Z FHLM0200ZPA
BULK PART NUMBERS CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER
FHM20200Z FHM20200ZPA
CARDED PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
0BPF0001ZP BPF1BP
37 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
2
Fuse Blocks & Holders
Fuse Pullers and Battery Accessories
097019
097023
097026
097038
00970025N
00970054N
Fuse Tester and Puller
Conveniently and easily tests ATO and MINI blade fuses either in or out of the
fuse block, with or without vehicle battery power. Indicator light on tester glows
bright green when fuse is good. Fuse puller end allows for easy fuse removal and
replacement. 24V maximum.
Fuse Pullers
Fuse puller allows for easy fuse removal and replacement.
Anti-Theft Battery Master Switch
• Available in two versions, Fused and Detachable.
• Fused version maintains current to all electrical circuits such as the alarm, on-board computer, central
locking system and radio memory presets.
• Detachable version features a special disconnect that allows the battery to easily be removed for anti-
theft protection. Perfect for seasonal storage needs or easy off vehicle battery charging for Autos,
Motorcycles, RV’s, Boats, etc.
• Generate sales with the lowest cost anti-theft devices available on the market today.
• A simple turn of the knob isolates the battery and makes the vehicle unable to start.
• Makes anti-theft protection affordable when compared to expensive alarm systems.
• Eliminates complicated installation — no special electrical or mechanical expertise required.
• Fits all standard Top Mount Post batteries. Can be used with Side Mount Post batteries by using a Top
Mount Adapter Post (not included).
• Works on 12 to 24 volt systems up to 135 amperes.
BOXED PART NUMBERS CARDED PART NUMBERS
DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
MATERIAL
NUMBER
CATALOG
NUMBER
00970019X 097019 00970019XP 097019BP ATO & MINI Fuse Puller / Tester
–097023 00970023XP 097023BP Tri-Puller™ – Glass Fuses, Ceramic Type
Fuses, ATO and MINI Blade Fuse Puller
–097026 00970026XP 097026BP MAXI Blade Fuse Puller
–097038 00970038XPA –ATO and MINI Fuse Puller
– – 00970053XP –JCASE Fuse Puller
– – 00970025XPA –MICRO2 / MICRO3 Fuse Puller
– – 00970054XPA –MCASE Fuse Puller
CARDED PART NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER
0ATD0300ZBP ATD300BP Anti-theft Battery Master Switch – Fused
38Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
32
Multiple Position Fuse Blocks
BMZ Series • Battery Mount ZCASE® Fuse Holder
The BMZ fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a post style battery without any special
hardware. The isolated bolts eliminate the traditional need for nylon nuts and fuses can be assembled
using standard M8 threaded hardware.
• Max Continuous Current: 275A
• Mounts directly to a post style of battery
• Available in 2 or 3 outputs
• Fusing directly at the battery allows location of larger power distribution boxes outside of the engine
compartment while assuring protection of the supply cable
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/BMZ
ATO® Fuse Blocks with Common Feed
Multi-position black thermoplastic fuse block for ATO fuses. Contacts are recessed for additional
safety and a recession in the center of the block accepts a label.
• Common hot feed – stud terminal is10-32 with hexnut, flat washer and lockwasher
• Blade terminals are .25" wide (6.4mm)
• Four .218" (5.5mm) diameter mounting holes take #10 screws
• Size: 3.375" wide x .812" high (85.7 x 20.6mm)
• Mounting holes 1.06" (27.0mm) on centers, widthwise.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
MAX FUSE
RATING PER
CIRCUIT
FUSE
POSITIONS DIMENSIONS
MOUNTING
HOLES ON
CENTERS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
46377-6 46377-6-BX 46377-6-BP 12-24V DC 150A 25A 6 2.47"L x 3.375"W x .812"H .625"
46377-8 46377-8-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 8 3.09"L x 3.375"W x .812"H 1.25"
46377-10 46377-10-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 10 3.72"L x 3.375"W x .812"H 1.875"
46377-12 46377-12-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 12 4.34"L x 3.375"W x .812"H 2.5"
46377-18 46377-18-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 18 6.22"L x 3.375"W x .812"H 4.375"
46379-6 46379-6-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 6 – –
46379-8 46379-8-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 8 – –
PART NUMBERS POSITIONS DESCRIPTION
BULK BOXED RETAIL
882-854 – – 2 2 Way Bus Bar & Stud Assembly
882-853 – – 3 3 Way Bus Bar & Stud Assembly
876-199 – – – Battery Terminal
901-325 – – – Red Rubber 2 or 3 Way Cover
– 0FHZ00854-BX – 2 Kit: 882-854 (2 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount),
901-325 (red cover), 1X M8 Bolt, 3x M8 Nuts
– 0FHZ00853-BX – 3 Kit: 882-853 (3 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount),
901-325 (red cover), 3x M8 Nuts
With Cover
2-Way
3-Way
SMZ Series • Stud Mount ZCASE® Fuse Holder
The SMZ stud mount fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a M8 or M10 stud on applications
such as batteries, alternators, battery switches or electrical relays.
• Mounts directly to a M10 or M8 stud
• Uses high amp ZCASE fuses, (M8) available 40-600A
• Tin plate coating on the busbar ensures corrosion resistance
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/SMZ
PART NUMBERS MOUNTING SIZE FUSE TERMINAL
NUT (M8) DETAILS
0FHZ0201Z M8 (8.5mm) •901-525 Fuse/Stud Cover
0FHZ0202Z M8 (8.5mm) •901-524 Fuse Cover
0FHZ0211Z M10 (10.5mm) •901-525 Fuse/Stud Cover
0FHZ0212Z M10 (10.5mm) •901-524 Fuse Cover
39 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
2
Fuse Blocks & Holders
ATO® Fuse Blocks with 1/4" Quick Connect Terminals
Use with ATO fuses up to 15 amps. Available in 5 pole unit with removable clear protective cover.
Available in side or bottom positioned 1/4" Q.C. terminal configurations. Unit with bottom Q.C. terminals
includes detachable side mounting brackets.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
Omni-Blok® Fuse Blocks with 1/4" Quick Connect Terminals
For 1/4" x 1-1/4" glass fuses. Available in one through twelve pole units. Units may be easily broken apart as
needed to obtain the desired number of poles. Rated at 20A, 300 V
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
PART NUMBERS
DETAILS AMPERAGE PROTECTIVE
COVER
BULK 10-PC CARDED CATALOG
NUMBER
03500417TXN 03500417XP 350417BP ¼” Q.C. side position 2-20A •
03500418TXN 03500418XP 350418BP ¼” Q.C. bottom position (includes mounting brackets) 25-30A •
PART NUMBERS POLES VOLTAGE AMP
BULK CARDED
03540801ZXGY – 1 300V 20A
03540802ZXGY 0OMN0002XP 2300V 20A
03540804ZXGY 0OMN0004XP 4300V 20A
Laminated Base Fuse Block with Screw Terminals
For 1/4" x 1-1/4" glass fuses. Available in one through twelve pole units. Rated at 20A, 300V.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
Common Hot Feed Glass Fuse Block
Fiber base with 11/64" (4.4mm) diameter mounting holes. Solid brass busbar, phosphor-bronze fuse clips.
Brass terminals and screws.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
M-674 • Combination Glass Fuse Block and Terminal Block
Combination Fuse Block & Terminal Block For SFE 20A or 3AG (AGC) fuses. Common hot feed to four
independently-fused circuits, and common ground strip for four circuits. Solid brass busbars, terminals
and terminal screws. Nickel-plated phosphor-bronze fuse clips. Two eyelet holes for mounting with 3/16"
(4.8mm) screws, 2.25" (57.2mm) on centers.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders
PART NUMBERS MAX FUSE RATING
PER CIRCUIT
FUSE
POSITIONS DIMENSIONS BUSBAR
BULK BOXED RETAIL
M-414-01 – M-414-01-BP 20A 4 2.75"L x 2.24"W x .625"H •
M-415-01 – – 20A 5 3.50"L x 2.24"W x .625"H •
M-641-01 M-641-01-BX M-641-01-BP 20A 6 4.25"L x 2.24"W x .625"H •
M-643-01 M-643-01-BX M-643-01-BP 20A 8 5.75"L x 2.24"W x .625"H •
– – – 20A 12 8.75"L x 2.24"W x .625"H •
PART NUMBERS MAX FUSE RATING
PER CIRCUIT
FUSE
POSITIONS DIMENSIONS BUSBAR
BULK BOXED RETAIL
– M-674-BX M-674-BP 20A 4 3.50"L x 2.75"W x .781"H •
PART NUMBERS POLES VOLTAGE AMP
BULK BOXED
03560001Z – 1 300V 20A
03560002Z – 2 300V 20A
03560004Z – 4 300V 20A
03560006Z – 6 300V 20A
PART NUMBERS POLES VOLTAGE AMP
BULK BOXED
03560009Z – 9 300V 20A
03560010Z –10 300V 20A
03560011Z –11 300V 20A
03560012Z –12 300V 20A
Multiple Position Glass Fuse Blocks
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
40Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
32
Terminal Blocks
M-42X Individual Feed Screw Terminal Blocks
Moisture-resistant molded Bakelite insulator base with barrier strips. Nickel-plated brass terminal links
and 8-32 binding head screws.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks
4721 Individual Feed Stud Terminal Blocks
Moisture-repellent phenolic insulator base with brass stud terminals. Hexnuts, flat washers and
lockwashers included. Two mounting holes accept 3/16" (4.8mm) screws (not included).
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks
4758 & 4755 Individual Feed Stud Terminal Blocks
Moisture-repellent molded insulator base with barrier strips. Two mounting holes accept 1/4" (6.3mm)
screws. Hardware sold separately.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks
PART NUMBERS NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
TERMINALS
DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSION
BULK BOXED RETAIL MATERIAL SIZE
M-426 M-426-BX M-426-BP 4Nickel-Plated Brass 8-32 3.22"L x 1.31"W x .67"H 2.81" (71.4mm) on centers
M-427 M-427-BX M-427-BP 6Nickel-Plated Brass 8-32 4.33"L x 1.31"W x .67"H 3.93" (99.9mm) on centers
M-428 M-428-BX M-428-BP 8Nickel-Plated Brass 8-32 5.46"L x 1.31"W x .67"H 5.06" (128.5mm) on centers
M-429 M-429-BX M-429-BP 10 Nickel-Plated Brass 8-32 6.59"L x 1.31"W x .67"H 6.19" (157.2mm) on centers
M-456 M-456-BX – 14 Nickel-Plated Brass 8-32 8.84"L x 1.31"W x .67"H 8.44" (214.4mm) on centers
PART NUMBERS NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
TERMINALS
DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSION
BULK BOXED RETAIL MATERIAL SIZE
4758 4758-BX – 4 Steel 10-24 4.5"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 3.75" (95.3mm) on centers
4755 4755-BX – 5 Steel 10-24 5.25"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 4.5" (114.3mm) on centers
PART NUMBERS NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
TERMINALS
DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSION
BULK BOXED RETAIL MATERIAL SIZE
4721-P2 4721-P2-BX – 2 Brass 10-32 2.68"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 1.87" (47.5mm) on centers
4721-P3 4721-P3-BX – 3 Brass 10-32 3.25"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 2.50" (63.5mm) on centers
4721-P4 4721-P4-BX – 4 Brass 10-32 3.87"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 3.12" (79.2mm) on centers
4721-P5 4721-P5-BX – 5 Brass 10-32 4.5"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 3.75" (95.3mm) on centers
4721-P6 4721-P6-BX – 6 Brass 10-32 5.12"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 4.38" (111.3mm) on centers
4721-P8 4721-P8-BX – 8 Brass 10-32 6.37"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 5.62" (142.7mm) on centers
4721-P10 4721-P10-BX – 10 Brass 10-32 7.62"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 6.87" (174.5mm) on centers
4721-P12 4721-P12-BX – 12 Brass 10-32 8.87"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 8.12" (206.2mm) on centers
4721-P14 4721-P14-BX – 14 Brass 10-32 10.12"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 9.37" (238.0mm) on centers
41 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
2
Fuse Blocks & Holders
Terminal Blocks
46206-04 Common Busbar Terminal Blocks
Moisture-repellent thermoset plastic insulator base with 3/16" (4.76m) diameter mounting holes. Eyelets
are 3.125" (79.4mm) on centers.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks
86099 Brass Busbars
Solid Brass busbar meant for mounting circuit protection including fuses and circuit breakers. Busbars
tested to 70A with temperature rise no greater than 55°C.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks
86126 Copper Busbars
Solid copper busbars meant for mounting circuit protection including fuses and circuit breakers.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks
M-449 & M-448 Common Busbar Terminal Blocks
Moisture-resistant molded thermoplastic insulator base with solid brass busbar that safely carries
up to 50A. Two 1/4-20 brass studs with hexnuts. 8-32 round head screws for attachment of
wires. Two mounting holes accept No. 10 countersink flathead screws that are 5.19" (131.5mm)
on center for 10-gang version, and 8.31 (211.07mm) on center for 20-gang versions.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks
PART NUMBERS NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
TERMINALS
DIMENSIONS BUSBAR
BULK BOXED RETAIL MATERIAL SIZE
46206-04 46206-04-BX – 4 Brass 10-32 3 7/8"L x 5/8"W x 27/32"H •
PART NUMBERS NUMBER OF
POSITIONS
TERMINALS
DIMENSIONS BUSBAR
BULK BOXED RETAIL MATERIAL SIZE
M-449 M-449-BX M-449-BP 10 Brass 8-32 5.75"L x 1.25"W x 1.031"H •
M-448 M-448-BX – 20 Brass 8-32 5.75"L x 1.25"W x 1.031"H •
M-448-02 – – 20 Tin-Plated Brass 8-32 8.875"L x 1.25"W x 1.031"H •
PART NUMBERS NUMBER OF
POSITIONS MATERIAL DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSION
BULK BOXED RETAIL
–86099-2-BX – 2 Brass 1.53” long (38.9mm)
910” (23.1mm) on centers,
0.21” (5.3mm) diameter.
86099-3 86099-3-BX – 3 Brass 2.43” long (61.7mm)
86099-4 86099-4-BX – 4 Brass 3.34” long (84.8mm)
86099-5 86099-5-BX – 5 Brass 4.24” long (197.7mm)
PART NUMBERS NUMBER OF
POSITIONS MATERIAL DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLE
DIMENSION
BULK BOXED RETAIL
86126-2 86126-2-BX – 2 Copper 1.41” x .560”
(35.8 x 14.2mm)
.910” (23.11mm)
on centers
86126-4 86126-4-BX – 4 Copper 3.23” x .560”
(82.1 x 14.2mm)
2.73” (69.34mm)
on centers
86126-6 86126-6-BX – 6 Copper 5.05” x .560”
(128.3 x 14.2mm)
4.55” (115.57mm)
on centers
86126-8 86126-8-BX – 8 Copper 6.87” x .560”
(174.5 x 14.2mm)
6.37” (161.79mm)
on centers
86126-12 86126-12-BX –12 Copper 10.51” x .560”
(267.0 x 14.2mm)
10.01” (254.25mm)
on centers
42Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
32
AFTERMARKET FUSE HOLDERS
COMPACT DESIGNS SAVE SPACE & REDUCE WIRE CONNECTIONS
___________________________________________________
BMZ SERIES BATTERY MOUNT ZCASE® FUSE HOLDER KITS
SMZ SERIES STUD MOUNT ZCASE® FUSE HOLDER
PART NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
0FHZ0201Z M8 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse and Stud Cover
0FHZ0202Z M8 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse Cover
0FHZ0211Z M10 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse and Stud Cover
0FHZ0212Z M10 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse Cover
The SMZ stud mount fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a M8 or M10 stud on applications such as batteries, alternators,
battery switches or electrical relays. The SMZ stud mount fuse holder features a compact design which saves space and eliminates the
need to wire in a separate fuse holder or power distribution module.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/SMZ
Specifications
Voltage Rating: 80V DC or max rating of the fuse
Max Continuous Current: 400A
Available Fuse Rating: 40- 600A
Fuse Terminal Torque: M8 Nut: 14 ± 2 Nm
Operating Temp: -40° to 105° C
0FHZ0202Z
0FHZ0212Z
0FHZ0201Z
0FHZ0211Z
Single SMZ
3-Pole SMZ
PART NUMBERS DESCRIPTION
0FHZ00854-BX Kit: 882-854 (2 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount),
901-325 (red cover), 1X M8 Bolt, 3x M8 Nuts
0FHZ00853-BX Kit: 882-853 (3 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount),
901-325 (red cover), 3x M8 Nuts
The BMZ battery post mount fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a post style battery terminal. The BMZ series accepts the
Littelfuse proprietary ZCASE fuse that is available in 40-600A ratings with similar characteristics to the MEGA® fuse. The BMZ post mount
fuse holder mounts directly to the battery without any need for additional mounting hardware and is available in 2 or 3-pole versions.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/BMZ
Specifications
Max Voltage Rating: 32V DC or max rating of the fuse
Max Continuous Current: 275A
Available Fuse Rating: 40- 600A
Fuse Terminal Torque: M8 Nut: 14 ± 2 Nm
Battery Terminal Torque: 5.4 ± 0.9 Nm @ 540 RPM
Operating Temp: -40° to 125° C
With Cover
2-Way3-Way
Individual Components
Fuses sold separately
ZCASE Fuses sold separately
ZCASE Fuses on Page 17 Datasheet Instructions Sheet 2D Print
Datasheet Instructions Sheet 2D Print
43 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Blade or Bolt-Down Fuse?
DC (automotive) fuses are offered in two basic forms: Blade or Bolt Down.
Blade & Cartridge fuses can be hand inserted into a fuse holder. These fuses provide
protection for several amperage ratings up to 70A. They are well suited to protect
smaller to medium diameter wires that are usually some distance from the battery.
Single blade fuse holders are often called ‘In-Line’ fuse holders as they are spliced
into the wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far
away from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere
along its length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected.
Littelfuse blade fuses include: MICRO2®, MICRO3®, MINI®, LP MINI®, ATO®, MAXI,
MCASE®, MCASE+®, JCASE® and LP JCASE®.
Bolt Down fuses need to be secured to the fuse holder with a screw or nut/bolt.
These fuses provide protection from 30A to 600A. They are well suited to protect
medium to large diameter wires that are usually closer to the battery. Ring terminals
are crimped onto cables that are connected to these holders and spliced into the
wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far away
from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere along
its length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected which
is why you should have master fusing as close the battery as possible. Littelfuse bolt-
down fuses include: MIDI®, MEGA®, CF8 and ZCASE®.
Also, there are still a wide variety of applications that use glass tube fuses. These are
typically lower current values and are becoming less popular for most automotive
applications due to their size, form factors, and lack of color coding.
Power Distribution Modules (PDMs) are devices that accept electrical power from one
or more wires (inputs) and then distribute it to multiple cables (outputs). The PDMs also
accept power protection and control devices from one or more fuse, circuit breaker,
relay, diode, or even solid state and electronic circuitry and distribute to multiple outputs.
Power Distribution
Modules
44Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
3
HWB60-AL HWB60 HWB18 HWB12 HWB6
Hard-Wired Boxes
SERIES
PART NUMBERS
MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
MAX FUSE
RATING PER
CIRCUIT
NUMBER OF
CAVITIES
MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION DIMENSIONS
TERMINALS
(sold separately) KIT CONTENTS
BULK RETAIL
DELPHI
METRI-PACK
TYCO MCP
COVER
AssureLatch
GASKET
TPAs
BRACKET
HWB60-AL PDM71001ZXM –250A 30A 60 4-6 Nm IP67 & IP69K 113x52x82mm •Black •••
HWB60-AL PDM71003ZXM –250A 30A 60 4-6 Nm IP67 & IP69K 113x52x82mm •Black •••
HWB60 PDM21001LXM –250A 30A 60 4-6 Nm IP67 & IP69K 113x52x82mm •Black • •
HWB18 PDM31001ZXM –200A 30A 18 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 60x38x74mm •Black • • •
HWB18 PDM31002ZXM –200A 30A 18 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 60x38x74mm •Black • •
HWB12 PDM33001ZXM –130A 30A 12 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 83x70x44mm •Clear •••
HWB12 PDM33003ZXM –130A 30A 12 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 83x70x44mm •Clear • • • •
HWB12 PDM33004ZXM –130A 30A 12 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 83x70x44mm Black •
HWB6 PDM32001ZXM –68A 30A 65.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 71x64x36mm •Clear •••
HWB6 PDM32003ZXM –68A 30A 65.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 71x64x36mm •Clear • • • •
HWB6 PDM32004ZXM –68A 30A 65.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 71x64x36mm Black •
HWB Series - Compact Sealed Hard-Wired Boxes for 2.8mm Style Fuses & Relays
The HWB series hard-wired boxes are sealed units that accept any 2.8mm style fuses, relays, circuit breakers or diodes depending
on which HWB model is selected. The HWB series is the perfect fit for accessory circuits and overflow circuits from your main power
distribution module.
The series features durable construction, IP67 & IP69K ratings, compact sizes, gasket sealed covers and multiple mounting types. See
chart below for specific details. The HWB series eliminates the use of internal bussing allowing the user or design engineer to customize
the circuitry utilizing direct wire-to-component connections. TPAs (terminal position assurance locks) give secondary locking protection of
the wire leads, which aid in prevention of leads from being pulled out and snap onto the back after wires are installed.
• Accepts a combination of 2.8mm components – MINI® fuses, relays, circuit breakers or diodes. (sold separately)
• Cover tethers available to prevent loss of component during service.
• HWB60 series are modular and can be dovetailed together to expand circuit protection capacity. They can also be interlocked to other
PDMs and fuse holders (FLEC Flexible Electrical Control Center and MEGA/MIDI Flex fuse holder)
• HWB60 and HWB18 series uses Delphi Metri-Pack 280 terminals, cable seals and cavity plugs. Download datasheet for specific details.
• HWB12 and HWB6 series are available with black or clear covers for easy component status identification.
• HWB12 and HWB6 series use TYCO MCP terminals, cable seals and cavity plugs. See datasheet for specific details.
Datasheet, 3D Models, 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/HWB
45 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
3
Power Distribution Modules
Power Distribution Modules
MTR Series • (2+2) MINI® & JCASE® Fuse Hard-Wired Box
Sealed low to medium current fuse holder houses two JCASE cartridge fuses and two MINI bladed fuses.
Holder is gasket-sealed to protect fuses from moisture and contamination. Fuses are internally bussed to
a single main power stud – one input powers four fuse circuits. Utilizes the MINI fuse for fast-acting 2-30A
circuit protection and the JCASE cartridge style fuse with increased time delay for 20-60A medium current
circuits. Output circuits are designed for use with Delphi terminals.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/MTR
LTX Series • 4 position MEGA® & 2 position MIDI® Fuse Box
The LTX Power Distribution Module is a high current sealed primary fuse box that can be placed in the
battery box, or near the battery box to fuse major feeder cables. Featuring bussed input to all 6 MEGA and
2 MIDI fuses. All bolt down connections are made inside of the seals which enhances the environmental
protection of the box.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/LTX
SERIES
PART NUMBERS MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
MAX FUSE
RATING PER
CIRCUIT
FUSE
POSITIONS
MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION DIMENSIONS
CONTENTS
BULK RETAIL COVER GASKET TPAs
HWA20 PDM61001ZXM –210A 40A 10 4-6 Nm IP67 161x40x52mm • • •
SERIES
PART NUMBERS MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
MAX INPUT
CURRENT
FUSE
POSITIONS
MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION DIMENSIONS
CONTENTS
BULK RETAIL COVER GASKET TPAs
MTR BPDMA104HXF1 – 100A 2-60A 4 6-8 Nm IP67 86x34x77mm • • •
SERIES
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
FUSE
POSITIONS
MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION DIMENSIONS
CONTENTS
BULK RETAIL COVER GASKET BUSBAR
LTX 07981002ZXS –6-32V DC 240A 6 10-12 Nm IP66 231x312x60mm • • •
HWA20 Series • ATO® Fuse Hard-Wired Box
Compact hard-wired fuse holder holds up to 10 ATO blade fuses, with a combined amperage up to
210A. Perfect for accessory circuits, overflow circuits from main power distribution module, or as a
main module on smaller vehicles.
• Without internal bussing: enables the user to customize the circuitry.
• Dovetail slots on the sides of the box interlock with other units.
• Easy to connect wires plug into the back of the unit using industry-standard Tyco sealed power terminals.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/HWA20
SL Series • 350A • Power Distribution Module
The SL Series provides main battery shutdown from a remote location, optional manual control knob
switches high-amp circuits, three switched 30A to 200A MIDI® fuse location, four unswitched 24-hour
1A-20A ATO® fuse locations and eliminates significant factory or field interconnections
• Littelfuse Remote Control Switch: 880092
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/SL
SERIES
PART NUMBERS MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
MAX FUSE RATING
PER CIRCUIT FUSE
POSITIONS
TERMINAL
STUD TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION DIMENSIONS
CONTENTS
BULK MIDI ATO COVER GASKET
SL 880076 350A 170A 30A 720 Nm IP59K 152x102x45mm •
46Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
3
MDB Series • MIDI® Fuse Distribution Box
Internally bussed, water-proof and dust-proof fuse holder developed for high current loads, and harsh
conditions. The unit is well-suited for near-the-battery applications and can be mounted in exposed locations
to fit your design. Available for 2 or 3 MIDI fuses and includes the cover seal and M5 thread bolts for a fuse
installation. Kits include seals, plugs and caps. Fuses are sold separately.
• AssureLatch™ Technology keeps the cover securely in place while allowing for fast service.
• Included tether connects cover to base preventing misplacement.
• The module is internally bussed allowing for high current power distribution.
• Sealed to IP67 and IP69K for maximum flexibility in mounting location.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/MDB
PART NUMBERS
POLES
VOLTAGE
MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
MAX FUSE
RATING PER
CIRCUIT
MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION DIMENSIONS CONTENTS
BULK BOXED
04980932ZXT – 2 6-58V DC 200A 200A 6-8 Nm IP67 & IP69K 131x68x38mm 2-pole box with busbar and nuts
04980933ZXT – 3 6-58V DC 200A 200A 6-8 Nm IP67 & IP69K 131x68x38mm 3-pole fuse box with busbar and nuts
–04980932.X 26-58V DC 200A 200A 6-8 Nm IP67 & IP69K 131x68x38mm Input:
1x 25 mm² cap
1x 25 mm² seal
Output:
2x 6-10 mm² seal
3x 10-16 mm² seal
1x plug & 1x 6-16 mm² cap
–04980933.X 36-58V DC 200A 200A 6-8 Nm IP67 & IP69K 131x68x38mm
LX Series • 200A & 600A • ATO® & MIDI® Fuse PDM
Protect high and low-amp circuits while providing a collection point for ground returns,
and eliminate battery box clutter and damage to battery terminals when adding
circuits. Combines an ignition protected fuse block with screw termination. Holds
four 30A-200A MIDI fuses and six 1A-30A ATO fuse locations. Negative bus provides
common location for ground returns.
• The 880094 provides one fused input feeding the unit and other fuses while, the 880089
has an unfused input feeding the fuse circuits.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/LX
XT Series • 350A • ATO® & MIDI® Fuse PDM
The XT combines an ATO fuse block that has integrated sealed plug outputs (FCI APEX 2.8mm female
4-way connector p/n 54200409) and a MIDI fuse block that consolidates up to seven circuits from
1–200A. Three 30–200A MIDI fuse locations are ideal for high-amp circuits and four 1–40A ATO fuse
locations for low-amp circuits. Tin-plated copper busbar and stainless steel studs and hardware provides
superior corrosion resistance.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/XT
Power Distribution Modules
SERIES
PART NUMBERS MAX CONT.
CURRENT
MAX FUSE RATING
PER CIRCUIT FUSE
POSITIONS
TERMINAL
STUD TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION DIMENSIONS
CONTENTS
BULK MIDI ATO COVER GASKET PULLER
LX
880089 600A 170A 30A 10 20 Nm IP59K 165x127x51mm • • •
880094 200A 170A 30A 10 20 Nm IP59K 165x127x51mm • • •
SERIES
PART NUMBERS MAX
CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
MAX FUSE RATING
PER CIRCUIT FUSE
POSITIONS
TERMINAL
STUD TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION DIMENSIONS
CONTENTS
BULK MIDI ATO COVER GASKET
XT 880073 350A 170A 30A 720 Nm IP59K 152x102x45mm • •
880089
880094
47 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
3
Power Distribution Modules
Power Distribution Modules
FLEC® Series • Configurable Flexible Electrical Center
The Flexible Electrical Center (FLEC) is a power distribution module for the commercial vehicle
market. It accommodates circuit protection components in a compact, sealed footprint. The PCB
accepts active and passive devices. Part number below is a standard market version but FLEC is
configurable to your custom electrical schematic and can be programmed to create a simple
“plug-and play” system.
• High component density maximizes available space and limits the number of additional units
required.
• The versatile nature of the FLEC unit means it can accept a large number of component types.
• Rugged and sealed, the unit boasts an IP67 rating which allows it to be mounted in locations
susceptible to moisture and dirt without any adverse effects
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/FLEC
SERIES PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE MAX LOAD MAX FUSE
RATING
FUSE
CAPACITY
RELAY
CAPACITY
INGRESS
PROTECTION
OUTPUT
CONNECTORS
FLEC FLEC3000Z-0 With MINI Fuses & Relays 12-24V DC 300A 30A 28 18 IP67 Delphi GT
FLEC FLEC3000Z-0U No Fuses or Relays 12-24V DC 300A 30A 28 18 IP67 Delphi GT
MiniFlec Series • 150A • Connectorized Power Distribution Module
The standard MiniFlec is a compact, front access, internally bussed, connectorized, sealed power
distribution module, suitable for mounting in rugged commercial vehicle applications An internally
mounted Printed Circuit Board (PCB) allows bussed connections to a large number of devices.
• Designed for panel mounting (rear fed connectors). Base compression limiters prevent
over-torquing when unit is mounted
• Tethered cover securely latches to base, with positive AssureLatch yellow latches
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/MINIFLEC
EPC Series • 200A • Connectorized Power Distribution Module
The standard EPC is an internally bussed, connectorized, sealed power distribution module, suitable for
mounting in rugged commercial vehicle applications. The EPC is a product that has dense concentration
of high power circuits and accepts plug devices like automotive fuses, diodes and relays to protect and
control complex electrical systems. An internally mounted Printed Circuit Board (PCB) allows bussed
connections to a large number of devices.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/EPC
SERIES PART NUMBERS MAX
LOAD FUSE RATING RANGE INPUT
STUD
MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION DIMENSIONS RELAY CAPACITY
BULK
MINIFLEC LFMX0007Z-01 150A MINI® Fuse: 2-30A
MCASE+® Fuse: 15-60A M8 12-15Nm IEC 529 IP67/69K 157mm x 96mm x 126mm
3 Form C 280 Series Micro Relays,
3 Form A Ultra Micro Relays,
1 ISO Micro Relay
SERIES PART NUMBERS MAX
LOAD FUSE RATING RANGE MOUNTING
TORQUE
INGRESS
PROTECTION DIMENSIONS RELAY CAPACITY
BULK
EPC LFMX0006Z-01 200A 5 to 30A 6 - 8 Nm IP67 / IP69K 179mm x 155mm x 69 mm Tailor to application - Up to 3
Form C 280 and 6 Form A 280 Relays
FHZ Series • 400A • Power Distribution Module
The 5 Stud ZCASE Fuse Holder uses a single power input (usually with a ZCASE shunt) and a common
busbar to feed up to 4 additional ZCASE fused circuits. Freely interchangeable ZCASE fuse ratings;
configurable stud size (M6, M8, or M10); and available 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-position busbars allow for a wide
range of possible configurations.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/5StudZCASE
SERIES PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION AMPERAGE MAX FUSE
RATING
FULL
ASSEMBLY CONTACT TEMP DIMENSIONS
FHZ 0FHZ0001Z Assembly with Bolts and Bus Bar
400A 40-600A -40° to 105° C 217mm x 86mm x 59mm
FHZ 0FHZ0002Z Full Assembly with M10 Input •
FHZ 0FHZ0003Z Box Only for Configuration
FHZ 0FHZ0005Z Full Assembly with M8 Input •
48Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
3
1st Digit - SOLID
Degree of protection against solid objects
2nd Digit - LIQUID
Degree of protection against water
1
Protected against a solid
object greater than 50mm
1
Protected against
vertically falling water drops
2
Protected against a solid
object greater than 12.5mm
2
Protected against vertical water
drops when enclosure tilted
up to 15 degree angle
3
Protected against a solid
object greater than 2.5mm
3
Protected against spraying water
from up to a 60 degree angle
4
Protected against a solid
object greater than 1.0mm
4
Protected against splashing water
5
Dust Protected. Prevents ingress
of dust sufficient to cause harm
5
Protected against water jets
6
Dust tight. No ingress of dust.
6
Protected against powerful
water jets
7
Protected against the effects of
temporary immersion in water
between 15cm and 1m for 30 minutes
8
Protected against the effects of
continuous immersion in water
under conditions agreed between
manufacturer and user
9K
Protected against close-range
high pressure, high temperature
spray downs
Example
IP67
Dust tight. No ingress of
dust. Protected against
effects of temporary
submersion in water.
Ingress Protection Explained
Harsh Environments and Ingress Protection Ratings
Environmental factors play a huge role in a product’s ability to do its job and survive the lifetime of the equipment.
Ingress Protection, or IP, indicates the degree of protection of a power distribution module. IP ratings are a measure
of how resistant a part is to environmental contaminants such as debris, dust, and water. IP rating selections should
be based on where the PDM will be mounted and what type of environment the equipment will be used in.
The numbers following IP represent levels of sealing and can range from no sealing (IP00) to protection against dust
and continuous immersion in water (IP68). The table below provides a description of the protection at each level.
49 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Isolators or Combiners?
Battery Isolators are passive (not intelligent) devices. They are a basic technology that
prevents current from draining from one battery into the other. As current passes
through the internal diodes there’s a loss of efficiency, that equates to a voltage loss
of 10-15%. Another problem arises when battery isolators are used with the more
recent ‘smart alternators’. Such alternators incorporate sensors which ‘read’ the state
of the battery, but the isolator’s diodes interfere with the alternator’s sensors. It is
therefore important to use a battery combiner in such application.
Battery combiners provide the same function as isolators, but without the substantial
voltage loss, and they work in harmony with smart alternators. They also may have
additional useful features, such as boost; they are smaller and lighter; and since they
are installed between the battery banks, there is no need to cut the original OEM
heavy cable from alternator to battery.
No More Dead Batteries!
If you leave a fully charged battery connected in an inactive vehicle, it could be dead
in as little as two months. Vehicles have electronics that continue to draw small
quiescent currents to maintain their memory, even when the vehicle is off. Over an
extended period of time this small current can drain the battery. Complete discharge
of the battery can cause permanent damage and prevent proper battery recharging.
If your vehicle requires short or long term storage and has a lot of electronics
(computer, TV, stereo, etc) a Low Voltage Disconnect can be installed to automatically
disconnect these components when battery voltage falls below a critical threshold
and automatically reconnects when the battery is recharged. This lengthens the
storage life of your battery.
Battery
Management
50Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
4
Battery Isolators
3 & 4 Stud Diode Battery Isolators
For vehicles with two batteries, these devices electrically isolate the batteries to prevent the battery with the higher charge from draining
into that with the lower charge. In addition, both batteries can be charged simultaneously from one source.
The solid-state components are embedded to give excellent protection from adverse conditions, such as contamination and vibration. The
integral heat sink provides efficient heat dissipation. The amp rating of each item is the maximum alternator rating.
Some alternators on vehicles have an integral electronic voltage regulator that requires the use of the 4-stud battery isolator. The small
4th stud is for connection to a circuit switched by the ignition switch. These alternators were first introduced by Delco and are therefore
sometimes called ‘Delcotron-type alternators’. Battery Isolators have a ‘per leg’ rating which indicates the maximum current that it can
deliver to each battery. All Battery Isolators have a per leg rating equal to half the alternator rating. Thus a 48122 battery isolator with an
alternator rating of 140A has a per leg rating of 70A per leg.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/BatteryManagement
Schottky Diode - Comply to KKK-A-1822B spec for Ambulances
PART NUMBERS
AMPS VOLTAGE
TERMINALS
DIMENSIONS ALTERNATOR
TYPE
BULK BOXED NUMBER
OF STUDS THREADS
48051 48051-BX 75A 12V DC Only 22x ¼" 3-½" x 4-15/16" x 3-11/32"
–
48161 48161-BX 250A 12-36V DC 33x 5/16" 8-½" x 4-3/16" x 3-13/32"
48122 48122-BX 140A 12-36V DC 43x 5/16" & 1 #10 6" x 4-3/16" x 3-11/32"
Delcotron-Type
48162 48162-BX 200A 12-36V DC 43x 5/16" & 1 #10 8-½" x 4-3/16" x 3-13/32"
48070 48070-BX 70A 12-36V DC 33x ¼" 5" x 3-¼" x 2-3/16"
Without Integral
Electronic Voltage
Regulator
48090 48090-BX 90A 12-36V DC 33x ¼" 6-½" x 3-¼" x 2-13/16"
48120 48120-BX 140A 12-36V DC 33x 5/16" 6" x 4-3/16" x 3-11/32"
48160 48160-BX 200A 12-36V DC 33x 5/16" 8-½" x 4-3/16" x 3-13/32"
85-200A Smart Battery Isolators
Battery Combiners are hybrid electronic/electromechanical relays that prevent loads on the auxiliary battery
from draining the starting battery. This type is more flexible than Diode Battery Isolators: works with all
types of alternator; it is smaller and lighter; no efficiency loss due to diodes; allows bi-directional charging
from the alternator or from shore power; reduces the load on the charging system by not connecting the
auxiliary battery until the primary battery is charged to 13.2V.
• Works with most types of alternators
• Smaller and lighter than traditional isolators
• No efficiency losses due to diodes
• Allows bi-directional charging from the alternator or from shore power
• Reduces the load on the charging system by not connecting the auxiliary battery until the primary
battery is charged to 13.2V extending the life of expensive charging components.
Datasheet, wiring diagram, and 2D prints: littelfuse.com/BatteryManagement
PART NUMBERS
AMPS VOLTAGE TERMINAL
STUDS
INGRESS
PROTECTION CONNECT VOLTAGE DISCONNECT VOLTAGE QUIESCENT CURRENT TERMINAL STUD TORQUE
BULK BOXED
48525 48525-BX 85A 9-16V DC 5/16-24" IP66 13.2V typical after 2min 12.7V after 1min 5mA typical, 8mA max 35 in-lbs (3.95Nm)
48530 48530-BX 200A 9-16V DC 5/16-24" IP66 13.2V typical after 2min 12.7V after 1min 5mA typical, 8mA max 35 in-lbs (3.95Nm)
+
ALT
MAIN
LOAD
OPTIONAL
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
BATTERY
ISOLATOR
BAT
L
SECONDARY
LOAD
L
+BAT
IGN
3- Stud Wiring Diagram
48070, 48080, 48090, 48160 and 48161
48122 48162 48070 48090 48120 48051 48161
51 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
4
Battery Combiners & FlexMod™ Devices
Battery Management
FlexMod™ Electronic Devices
The FlexMod Series of products are compact, robust electronic modules with two inputs (one analog
and one digital) and two solid state outputs (one 10A, one 200 mA) that can be programmed to do
almost any job. Littelfuse offers standard units listed below to meet the most common application
needs.
Additional technical information: Littelfuse.com/FlexMod
• Auto-ranging to automatically senses the voltage of the system (12 or 24V) and selects the
presets appropriate to that voltage.
• Ultra low 1mA standby current means minimal battery drain – especially valuable when vehicle is
in storage or not in use.
• Factory programmable unit is versatile with a broad range of presets available for special
applications.
• Rated for more than 1,000,000 on-off cycles – unit operates for the lifetime of the vehicle. Solid
state technology gives long life and low maintenance.
• Provides overvoltage and overcurrent protection to every direct load in that circuit– for extra
protection.
• Small lightweight sealed design – Uses less space; mounts outside or inside. Saves money by
eliminating other hardware, and provides better wire routing
PART NUMBERS
TYPE HARNESS
INCLUDED
BULK BOXED
–48636-01-BX Timer for Trailer Lighting •
48610 48610-BX Low Voltage Disconnect
–48541-01-BX Voltage Sensing Relay & Timer •
48540 –Smart Battery Isolator Controller
–48540-01-BX Smart Battery Isolator Controller •
Low Voltage Disconnect - 48610: Preserves battery charge and protects
battery banks by automatically disconnecting loads when battery voltage
drops to a critical level.
Smart Battery Isolator Controller - 48540: Monitors two battery banks and
controls one relay or contactor to make sure starting power is protected
by isolating the starting and auxiliary battery banks.
Low Voltage Disconnect Accessories
Accessories for 48513 and 48514 series low voltage disconnects.
PART NUMBERS DETAILS NOTES
BULK BOXED
48710 -FlexMod Unit Programmable FlexMod LVD Unit • 10A • 9V DC
58326-06 -Rocker Switch SPDT • On-Off-Mom On • 5 Blade Terminals • Red LED
55088 55088-BX Toggle Switch SPDT • On-Off-Mom On • 3 Screw Terminals
12804 -Harness Deutsch DT06-4S connector • 0462-201-1641 terminal • W4S wedge and wiring
12805 -FlexMod Harness FlexMod 8-Pin Deutsch Harness Accessory
58326-06 55088 12804
52Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
4
Normal Operation Sequence
When the vehicle has been running, the alternator
charges both battery banks through the Smart Isolator.
When the engine is turned off, the alternator no longer
supplies a charge to the batteries, and the loads on the
batteries begin to deplete them.
When the vehicle is restarted, the starting battery has
enough power to crank the engine, but the auxiliary
battery is significantly depleted. The Smart Battery
Isolator is open and the battery banks are separated.
Now both batteries are charged again.
1
3
5
2
4
6
When batteries reach 12.7V, the Smart Battery Isolator
senses it, opens the solenoid relay to separate the battery
banks, and turns off the status light. This protects the
starting battery while allowing the auxiliary battery to
continue to power the auxiliary loads.
The engine is powering the alternator, and the starting
battery has reached 13.2V. Only now does the Smart Battery
Isolator reconnect, enabling the depleted auxiliary battery
to be charged. By not reconnecting until the main battery is
charged, the alternator is protected from excessive loads.
How A Smart Battery Isolator Works
53 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Solenoids or Relays?
The terms solenoid and relay are interchangeable and refer to a type of remote
switch. In the automotive context, solenoid refers to the metal can device. A relay
refers to all other such devices including the small micro relays referenced later in
this section. The word solenoid actually refers to the helical windings that create the
magnetic force which pulls the plunger in the core. Littelfuse manufactures a very
broad range of remote switches.
Intermittent or Continuous?
Relays are rated for Intermittent Duty or Continuous Duty. Intermittent duty relays
are rated with maximum On times and minimum Off times, which is a workable
situation in many applications. Exceed those specs and you run the risk of burning
out the coil windings. You cannot use an Intermittent Duty relay for continuous
service, but you can use a Continuous Duty relay for intermittent service –
although you would be purchasing a relay that is in excess of your needs.
Bistable & Latching?
When it comes to solenoids or relays, both bi-stable and latching refer to the
same function. A bi-stable state is one in which a moving contact is at rest in two
configurations, either the On or Off position. This is achieved by a mechanical or
magnetic latching mechanism which maintains contact in the ON of OFF position
while device is not energized. A more well-known example of the mechanical style
is the mechanism of a retractable ballpoint pen, where the user pushes to move
the ballpoint out of the housing, and pushes again to retract the ballpoint. The point
remains in either of two stable states until the user presses the actuator.
In standard solenoids or relays, a control current has to be maintained in order to keep
the plunger in the On position; in a bi-stable relay, control current is only applied when
changing between the two states of Off and On. This provides many advantages – no
current is used in the On or Off states, and bi-stable relays generate less heat.
DC solenoids are relays used for remote switching of electrical currents from
20A to 600A. Littelfuse offers a variety of DC solenoids and relays, such as solid state
relays, plug-in relays, compact relays among others.
Relays &
Solenoids
54Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
5
48785 • 85A Electronic Relay/Switch
Fully solid-state with no moving parts to wear out that is
completely sealed, ignition protected and designed to withstand
vibration for harsh environments. Relays can be used in both high
side and low side switching application and are suitable for high
inrush demand circuits.
• Resistance: .005 Ω
• Control Current: .02A max
• Temperature Range: -40˚C to +85˚C
• On-Off Cycles: 20 million
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INGRESS DIMENSIONS
BULK BOXED RETAIL CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT
48785 48785-BX –9-31V DC 85A 175A IP67 3.0 x 5.0 x 2.9 in
Red
LOAD
BAT
–+
+
Black
High side switching application
Red
LOAD
BAT
–+
+
Black
Low side switching application
Bi-Stable Latching Relays
SD Series • 300-600A Bi-Stable Relay
An all-vehicle battery disconnect, designed to support remote power switching applications. Great for high
continuous current passage, large engine starting needs and high ambient temperatures.
• Small control wires: eliminates the cost and weight of routing large copper cables to an accessible switch
• Dedicated 24-hour output, thermally protected, for tachograph or other keep-alive functions.
• Supports multiple Off switch control applications.
• Ignition protected to SAE J1171 and ISO 8846 for installation in battery box or with hazardous loads.
• Auxiliary relay contacts (normally open & normally closed) for Alternator Field Disconnect (AFD) or for
additional vehicle system control
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/SD-Relay
HD Series • 300A General Purpose Bi-Stable Relays
• Very low current draw to maintain closed circuit
• Remotely-operated 300A disconnect for high-amperage circuits
• Small control wires: eliminates the cost and weight of routing large copper cables
• Bi-stable (latched) operation draws no current in On or Off: eliminates a continuous demand on batteries.
• LED output wire enables remote indication of relay status – Open or Closed.
• Silver alloy contacts assure the lowest voltage drop / resistance and extends cycling life of the device.
• Stainless steel hardware and tin-plated copper contacts maximize resistance in harsh environments.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/HD-Relay
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE CIRCUITRY INGRESS NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
880107 880107S –12V DC 300A Dual Pole IP66/IP69k 4/0 input/output cables
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INGRESS NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
880086 – – 12V DC 300A IP66/IP69k –
880088 – – 24V DC 300A IP66/IP69k –
HD Time Delay Series • 250A Bi-Stable Relay
The Heavy Duty Time Delay Bi-Stable Relay is able to disconnect the battery from the electrical system of
vehicles in 12V and 24V, with voltage self-recognition.
• It includes immediate switch ON, controlled switch OFF with programmable delay time and service state
managing (service switch OFF and switch ON).
• This Heavy Duty Time Delay Bi-Stable Relay has a non-volatile memory, low battery alert system and is
thermal protected.
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/HDTimeDelay
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE VOLTAGE RANGE INGRESS NOTES
08070900 12/24V DC 250A 8.5V to 32V @ 23°C IP67 Light Line Current Rating: 1.3A continuous (6.5A protected)
55 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
5
Standard High Current Relays
Relays & Solenoids
6-36V DC • 35-200A • Continuous Duty Solenoids
• Hex nuts and lock washers are included
• Steel housing mounting holes: 5/16 x 19/32,” 2 13/64” on centers (7.9 x 15.1, 56.0mm)
• Plated steel housing available with optional PVC coating available to protect critical components from environmental hazards
Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes: littelfuse.com/ContinuousDutySPST
Continuous Duty Solenoid Wiring Diagrams
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPS
INSULATED /
GROUNDED
CIRCUITRY
FORM /
CONTACTS
CONTACT
TERMINALS
PVC
COATED
UL LISTED
IMAGE
DIAGRAM
NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
LARGE
SMALL
24080 24080-BX –36 85 Insulated SPST NO Copper
Copper 5/16”-24
Steel 10-32”
A 1
24063 24063-BX –
24
85 Insulated SPST NO Copper A 1
24063-08 24063-08-BX –85 Insulated SPST NO Copper • • B 1
24214 24214-BX –200 Insulated SPST NO Silver A 1
–24107-BX –85 Insulated SPST NO Copper D 2
24124 24124-BX –85 Grounded SPST NO Copper D 4
24115 24115-BX –
12
85 Insulated SPST NO Copper D 3
24059 24059-BX –85 Insulated SPST NO Copper A 1
24059-15 – – 85 Insulated SPST NO Silver A 1
24059-08 24059-08-BX
24059-08-BP
65 Insulated SPST NO Copper • A 1 Intermittent rating: 750A Make,
100A Break 10 sec on, 30 min off
24117 24117-BX –85 Insulated SPST NO Copper • B 1
24117-01 24117-01-BX 24117-01-BP 65 Insulated SPST NO Copper • • B 1 Intermittent rating: 750A Make,
100A Break 10 sec on, 30 min off
24213 24213-BX –200 Insulated SPST NO Silver A 1
24213-01 – – 200 Insulated SPST NO Silver A 1 Potted Coil - IP66
24213-03 – – 200 Insulated SPST NO Silver • C 1 Black Coating
24106 24106-BX –85 Grounded SPST NO Copper D 4
24106-07 24106-BX –85 Grounded SPST NO Copper C 4 P/N, Date Code, Voltage ink stamped
on surface
24082 24082-BX –85 Grounded SPST NO Copper E 4 Curved Bracket
–24420-BX –35 Insulated SPST NC Copper F 5
24097 24097-BX – 6 85 Grounded SPST NO Copper A 1
A B C D E F
32
14
2
1 3
BA
T +
2
1 3
BAT +
2
13
21
34
Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5
56Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
5
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPS
DUTY
CYCLE
INSULATED /
GROUNDED
CIRCUITRY
FORM /
CONTACTS
HOUSING
MATERIAL
CONTACT
TERMINALS
SMALL
TERMINALS
IMAGE
DIAGRAM
NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL MAKE BREAK
24037 24037-BX –12 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Grounded
SPST NO
Plated Steel
Copper
5/16” -24 threads
Copper 10-32
A 1
24071 24071-BX –12 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Grounded PVC Coated B 1
24044 24044-BX –12 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Grounded Plated Steel C 1 Curved Bracket
24022 24022-BX –12 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Grounded Phenolic D 1
24103 24103-BX –12 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Grounded Plated Steel E 3 Resistor Shorting Circuit
24021 24021-BX –12 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Grounded Phenolic D 3 Resistor Shorting Circuit
24047 24047-BX –12 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Insulated Plated Steel E 4
24076 24076-BX –12 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Insulated PVC Coated F 4
24060 24060-BX –12 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Insulated Plated Steel A 5
–24046-BX –12 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Insulated Plated Steel A 6
24023 24023-BX –12 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Insulated Phenolic D 2
24008-03 – – 24 750A 120A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Insulated Plated Steel E – Components shipped
unassembled
24008 24008-BX –24 750A 120A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Insulated Plated Steel E – Special spring for stronger
contact return force
–24041-BX – 6 750A 100A On: 10 sec
Off: 20 min Insulated Plated Steel A –
Standard High Current Relays
12V DC • Intermittent Duty Solenoids
• Hex nuts and lock washers are included
• Steel housing mounting holes: 5/16 x 19/32,” 2 13/64” on centers (7.9 x 15.1, 56.0mm)
• Phenolic housing mounting holes: 9/32 x 25/64,” 2 7/64” on centers (7.1 x 9.9, 53.6mm)
• Solenoids available in phenolic, plated steel or PVC coated housings to protect critical components from environmental hazards
• Resistor shorting circuit solenoids (p/n 24103/24021) feature a 3 that is normally open and becomes common with 1 and 4 when the
solenoid is energized. Commonly used in engine starting applications.
Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional information: littelfuse.com/IntermittentDutySPST
Intermittent Duty Solenoid Wiring Diagrams
A B C D E F
2
13
32
14
RESISTOR
SHORTING
CIRCUIT
32
14
32
14
2
1 3
BAT +
BAT +
2
13
Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5 Diagram 6
57 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
5
Standard High Current Relays
100-225A • Heavy Service Plastic Body Solenoids
For starting small engines, including lawn tractors, golf carts and sweepers.
• Small ignition and ground terminals are 10-32 thread
• Large contact terminals are 5/16” -24 thread.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/PlasticBodyRelays
PART NUMBERS
TYPE
VOLTAGE
MAX
VOLTAGE
AMPS
COIL TYPE
CIRCUITRY
FORM /
CONTACTS
MOUNTING
BRACKET CONTACTS COIL
TERMINALS
DIAGRAM
BULK BOXED OTHER MAKE/
BREAK INRUSH
24848 – –
Continuous Duty
48 48 225 600 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 1
24824-01 24824-01-BX –24 –225 600 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 1
24812 24812-BX –12 14 225 600 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Copper 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 1
24812-01 24812-01-BX –12 14 225 600 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 1
24624-10 24624-10-BX –24 27 100 400 Insulated SPST NO F-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 2
24512-10 24512-10-BX –12 14 100 400 Insulated SPST NO F-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 Blade 2
24612 24612-BX 24610-G10-BX 12 -225 400 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 stud 1
24612-10 24612-10-BX –12 14 100 400 Grounded SPST NO F-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 stud 3
24612-03 24612-03-BX –
Intermittent
Duty
12 –200 300 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Copper 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 2
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPS
COIL TYPE CIRCUITRY PVC COATED
CONTACTS
TERMINALS DIAGRAM
BULK BOXED RETAIL NC NO MATERIAL THREADS
24402 24402-BX –24 35 85 Insulated DPST –Copper 5/16”-24 Steel 10-32” 1
24401 24401-BX –12 35 85 Insulated DPST –Copper 5/16”-24 Steel 10-32” 1
24401-04 24401-04-BX –12 35 85 Insulated DPST •Copper 5/16”-24 Steel 10-32” 1
24401-01 24401-01-BX –12 35 85 Grounded DPST –Copper 5/16”-24 Steel 10-32” 2
Continuous Duty Two Circuit Solenoids
Special applications: Forward and reverse systems in electric golf carts, garden tractors, fork lift trucks, winches, etc.
• Hex nuts and lock washers are included
• Mounting holes: 5/16 x 19/32,” 2 13/64” on centers (7.9 x 15.1, 56.0mm)
Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional information: littelfuse.com/ContinuousDutyDPST
24848 - L-Bracket 24624-10 - F-Bracket 24612-10 - F-Bracket 24512-10 - Bracket
32
1 4
3
2
1 4
2
13
Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3
32
1
56
4
2
1
45
3
24401-01 24401-04 Diagram 1 Diagram 2
Relays & Solenoids
58Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
5
24200 • 110A Standard High Current Latching Solenoid
Requires only a momentary application of coil power to operate
Minimal heat is generated, because the coil is de-energized when the
solenoid is On.
• Continuous Duty Style (Rated at 110A carry only)
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/24200
12-24V DC • 150A Motor Reversing Intermittent Duty Solenoid
A combination of two solenoids in one package to reduce cost and
maximize space savings while also providing simpler wiring.
• 75A Make/Break: 5 min On, 5 min Off
• 125A Make/Break: 30 sec On, 5 min Off
• 150A Make/Break: 0.5 sec On, 5 min Off
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/24450
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE AMPS COIL TYPE CIRCUITRY FORM /
CONTACTS
HOUSING
MATERIAL CONTACTS TERMINALS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
24200 24200-BX –12V DC 110A Insulated SPST NO Plated Steel Copper 5/16”-24 Steel 10-32”
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE AMPS COIL TYPE CIRCUITRY CONTACTS TERMINALS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
24450 24450-BX –12V DC
(14.5 max) 75-150A Common Ground DPDT Copper Two Blade Coil 5/16”-24 Large Studs
24450-02 – – 24V DC 75-150A Common Ground DPDT Copper Two Blade Coil 5/16”-24 Large Studs
Momentary
Switch
LOAD
BAT
+
32
14
T2
T1
+
Forwar
d
Reverse
BAT
+
BAT
MOTOR
Reversing & Latching Solenoids
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
INRUSH SEALING CONTACTS
BULK BOXED RETAIL INTERMITTENT CONTINUOUS
24452 24452-BX –12V DC 70A
(On: 5 min max, Off: 3 min) 50A 150A IP67 Silver
70A • Forward & Reverse Relay Module
Ideal for tarp or lift applications. Also use on hoists, hatches, winches, snowplows, intake/exhaust fans,
vehicle outriggers and other reversing applications. Module automatically reverses the direction of the
motor when the appropriate control circuit is energized with a pulse from a control switch. Dynamic
braking stops the motor when the switch returns to Off.
• Dimensions: 2.91”× 3.51” × 1.86” H (73.9 × 91.7 × 47.2mm
Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/24450
59 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
5
Plug-In Relays
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPS
RELAY
TYPE FORM
BRACKET
SUPPRESSOR
TYPE
SEALED
BULK BOXED
R2-400112-RN –
12 40 Relay 2SPST •Resistor
RA-200024-DS –
24 20 Relay ASPST Diode •
RA-400012-DS –
12 40 Relay ASPST Diode •
RA-400112-DN RA-400112-DN-BX
12 40 Relay ASPST •Diode
RA-400112-NN RA-400112-NN-BX
12 40 Relay ASPST •None
RA-400112-RN RA-400112-RN-BX
12 40 Relay ASPST •Resistor
RA-700112-RN RA-700112-RN-BX
12 70 Relay ASPST •Resistor
RA-700112-DN RA-700112-DN-BX
12 70 Relay ASPST •Diode
RA-700112-NN RA-700112-NN-BX
12 70 Relay ASPST •None
RC-200024-DS –
24 20 Relay CSPDT Diode •
RC-200124-DN RC-200124-DN-BX
24 20 Relay CSPDT •Diode
RC-200124-NN RC-200124-NN-BX
24 20 Relay CSPDT •None
RC-200124-RN RC-200124-RN-BX
24 20 Relay CSPDT •Resistor
RC-400012-DS RC-400012-DS-BX
12 40 Relay CSPDT Diode •
RC-400112-DN RC-400112-DN-BX
12 40 Relay CSPDT •Diode
RC-400112-NN RC-400112-NN-BX
12 40 Relay CSPDT •None
RC-400112-RN RC-400112-RN-BX
12 40 Relay CSPDT •Resistor
RC-700112-DN RC-700112-DN-BX
12 70 Relay CSPDT •Diode
RC-700112-NN RC-700112-NN-BX
12 70 Relay CSPDT •None
RC-700112-RN RC-700112-RN-BX
12 70 Relay CSPDT •Resistor
MC-250012-DN –
12 25 Micro CSPDT Diode
MC-250012-NN –
12 25 Micro CSPDT None
MC-250012-RN –
12 25 Micro CSPDT Resistor
Heavy Duty High Power and Micro Plug-In Relays
General purpose relays fit many vehicles and applications. Typical applications include: lighting, starting,
horn, heating and cooling.
Standard ISO terminal footprint for Form A, Form C and Form 2A. Relays are available sealed and unsealed
(unsealed 40 & 70A relays are supplied with snap-in brackets.)
Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional information: littelfuse.com/Plugin-Relays
Specifications
• Pull-in voltage: 7.8V maximum at 12V DC, 15.6 V at 24V DC
• Release voltage: 1.2 V minimum at 12V DC, 2.4 V at 24V DC
• Temperature range: -40°C to 85°C
• Operational life: Electrical to 100,000 cycles.
Mechanical to 10,000,000 cycles
• Contact Material: Silver alloy
• Dielectric strength: 500 V rms between coil and contact
• Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ minimum (500V DC)
• Relays are rated based on a steady state resistive load. De-rate
according to the type of load.
Motor load: Inrush can be 5 to 10 x steady state current.
Solenoid load: Inrush can be 10 to 20 x steady state current.
Incandescent lamp load: Inrush can be 10 to 15 x steady
state current.
• Available with PCB terminals, contact Littelfuse for details.
Heavy Duty Relays • 40A at 12V DC
• Contact rating (Resistive load) at 20°C:
12V DC: Normally Open 40A, Normally Closed 30A
24V DC: Normally Open 20A, Normally Closed 15A
• Contact arrangement: Available as Form A (SPST), Form C
(SPDT) and Form 2A (SPST, 2 terminals)
• Vibration resistance: 10-40Hz double amplitude 1.5mm
High Power Relays • 70A at 12V DC
• Contact rating (Resistive load) at 20°C:
12V DC: Normally Open 70A, Normally Closed 60A
24V DC: Normally Open 35A, Normally Closed 30A
• Contact arrangement: Available as Form A (SPST) and
Form C (SPDT)
• Vibration resistance: 10-40Hz double amplitude 1.5m
Micro Relays • 25A at 12V DC
• Contact rating (Resistive load) at 20°C:
12V DC: Normally Open 25A, Normally Closed 20A
Contact arrangement: Available as Form A (SPST), and
Form C (SPDT).
• Vibration resistance: 10-40Hz double amplitude 1.27mm
Relay Part Numbers
Part Numbering System
R A - 40 01 12 - R S
Suppressor
Voltage
Bracket
Relay Type
Form
Sealing
Amperage
R = Resistor
D = Diode
N = No Suppressor
S = Sealed
N = No Sealing
15 = 15A at 24V DC
20 = 20A at 24V DC
25 = 25A at 12V DC
35 = 35A at 24V DC
40 = 40A at 12V DC
70 = 70A at 12V DC
12 = 12V DC
24 = 24V DC
00 = No Bracket
01 = Snap-In Bracket
R = Relay
M = MicroRelay
A = Form A
C = Form C
2 = Form 2A
Relays & Solenoids
60Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
5
Plug-In Relay & MicroRelay Schematics and Terminal Layout
General purpose relays fit many vehicles and applications.
FORM RELAY SCHEMATICS RELAY TERMINAL LAYOUTS
(40A .250” terminals – 70A .375” terminals MICRORELAY TERMINAL LAYOUTS
Form A
Form C
Form 2 – Not Available –
Plug-In Relays
Modular Relay Sockets • Bi-Stable Relay
Accepts Littelfuse brand relays and standard ISO relays.
• Modular – sockets dovetail together
• Accepts standard quick-connect terminals
• Easy mount bracket
• Constructed of rugged glass-filled polyamide
• Temperature range: -40°C to 85°C
PART NUMBERS RELAY TYPE FORM NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL AMPERAGE TERMINAL WIDTH
99025 99025-BX –70A .375” AUse with Tyco (AMP) terminals 280756 or 280755
(consult terminal manufacturers for full specs)
99026 99026-BX –40A .250” A or C Use with Tyco (AMP) terminals 42281 or Ark-Les 3000H112A series
(consult terminal manufacturers for full specs)
0.662 (16.81)
0.331 (8.40)
0.705 (17.91)
86
30
87
85
(-)
RESISTOR OR DIODE
(optional)
85
30
86
(+)
87
RESISTOR OR DIODE
(optional)
(-) (+)
30 85 87
86 87
0.662 (16.81)
87
0.315 (8.00)
86
30
87
85
0.331 (8.40)
1.043 (26.5) Sq. Ref.
0.315
0.453
0.354
0.551
30
87
85
86
0.315
0.453
0.354
0.551
0.177
30
87
85
87
86
0.315
0.453
0.354
0.551
30
87
85
86
0.315
0.453
0.354
0.551
0.177
30
87
85
87
86
RESISTOR OR DIODE
(optional)
30
85 87
86 87a
(-) (+)
0.662 (16.81)
0.315 (8.00)
86
87a
87
85
30
0.331 (8.40)
0.705 (17.91)
61 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Lockouts & Tagouts
Lockouts and tagouts prevent operators, technicians
and maintenance personnel from unanticipated pow-
er-ups that might cause injury or death.
According to OSHA, “A lockout device utilizes a pos-
itive means such as a lock to hold an energy isolating
device in a safe position and prevent the energization
of a machine.” A tagout is a tag or seal that states
‘Do not operate or remove this tag’ and is signed by
the person who places the tagout. Procedures specify
that nobody but that person may remove the tag.
A lockout on a battery switch not only keeps a vehicle
safe, but also immobilizes it. A locked out vehicle is
less vulnerable to battery drain or theft.
What is a Hencol Key?
Hencol is a Cole Hersee brand name used to describe our non-
bitted common keys. Hencol keys are often used for ignition
switches installed in forklifts or equipment that will have
multiple operators. The non-bitted key allows any authorized
user with a Hencol key to start and operator the vehicle.
The term Hencol is named after one of the Cole Hersee
founders and is a truncation of his name, Henry Cole.
Master Disconnect Switches are available for any application and suitable for 12V to
48V and up to 500A continuous (at 12V). Other features include: single or dual pole
configurations, stem or flange mount, with lockout/tagout and lever or keyed actuators.
Battery & Master
Disconnect Switches
62Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
6
75920 Series • 400A Sealed Battery Disconnect Switch
Protects vehicles against tampering, theft and battery drain. Switch protects from hazards during vehicle
servicing and provides an effective emergency power cutoff. Can be used in both positive or in negative
path applications. Built-in lockout satisfies OSHA requirements for an energy isolation device.
• 400A continuous at 12V DC — 3000A intermittent at 12V DC (15sec on 5 min off)
• Waterproof and dustproof to IP68 - switch can be mounted in exposed locations
• Built-in lockout satisfies OSHA requirements for an energy isolation device
• Large red knob is easy to operate with gloves
• Large divider on base prevents accidental shorting of high energy cables
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/75920
TR Series • 500A Dual Pole Battery Disconnect Switch
Cuts all battery power from vehicle electrical system, or for applications needing switching of two circuits,
or both positive and negative.
• 500A continuous current rating for each of the two circuits (2x 4/0 input and 2x 4/0 output cables)
• Can be used to switch two vehicle voltage circuit simultaneously (12 & 24V DC)
• Built-in lockout satisfies OSHA requirements for an energy isolation device
• Ignition protected to SAE J1171 and ISO8846 for installation in a battery box or on vehicles carrying
hazardous loads
• Ingress protection to IP67 and IP69k means that the switch can be mounted in exposed locations.
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/TRswitch
SR Series • 300A Flange Mount Battery Disconnect Switches
Isolates high current DC circuits from battery sources. Available in multiple case designs
with optional padlock capability.
• 300A continuous current rating
• Tin-plated copper studs provide maximum conductivity and lower contact resistance.
• Stainless steel hardware provides superior corrosion resistance.
• Ignition protected to SAE J1171 and ISO8846 for installation in a battery box or on
vehicles carrying hazardous loads.
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/SRswitch
Battery Disconnect Switches
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING
TYPE NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
75920 75920-BX 75920-BP 12-36V DC 200-400A SPST IP68 Through-Hole Bezel marked “off - on”
75920-05 75920-05-BX –12-36V DC 200-400A SPST IP68 Through-Hole Bezel marked “O - I” symbols
75920-10 75920-10-BX –12-36V DC 200-400A SPST IP68 Through-Hole Stainless Steel Hardware
75921-10 – – 12-36V DC 200-400A SPST IP68 Through-Hole Stainless Steel Metric Hardware
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE AMPERAGE CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING METHOD
BULK BOXED RETAIL
880175 880175S –12-24V DC 500A DPST IP67 & IP69K Surface Mount
PART NUMBERS MAX VOLTAGE AMPERAGE
(AT 12V DC)
CRANKING RATING
(12V DC, 30sec) INGRESS MOUNTING
METHOD NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
880062 – – 48V DC 300A 1250A (1 x 4/0 cable) IP67 & IP69K Through-Hole –
880064 880064S –48V DC 300A 1250A (1 x 4/0 cable) IP67 & IP69K Surface Mount Lock-Out
880154 – – 36V DC 600A 2500A (1 x 4/0 cable) IP67 & IP69K Surface Mount High-Cranking with Lock-Out
888842000A – – 12 V DC 5A – – Panel Mount –
63 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
6
Battery Disconnect Switches
Battery & Master Disconnect Switches
100-150A • SPST • UP4X/IP43 • Compact Battery Disconnect Switch
08098700 is Standard Compact Manual Battery Disconnect Switch that features a removable
handle with a plastic body. Rated to 100A continuous current this switch is ideal light-duty applications.
08099080 is an upgraded design with bigger contacts (M10) and improved components for heavier 150A
current loads within the same compact dimensions, which make it one of the most popular products for
12V applications. This Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a removable handle with a plastic body
and rubbed cap is included for protection while switch is removed from the socket.
For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
150A • SPST • IP65 • M10 Studs • Push to Off Compact Battery
Disconnect Switch
Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a push button for fast push to off operation in the event
where a quick reaction is necessary.
Rotate knob for ON. Switch status is indicated though a window on the top of the knob.
For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08098700
08099080
Mounting Diagram Electrical Diagram
08080200
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT
CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS NOTES
BULK BOXED
08080200 08080200-BX 12-24V DC 150A 1200A at 5s SPST IP65 Through-Hole M10 Silver-
Plated Copper Push to off
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT
CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS TERMINAL
HARDWARE NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
08098700 08098700-BX – 12-24V DC 100A 500A at 5s SPST IP4X Flange
Mount M8 Copper Brass –
08098780 08098780-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 1000A at 5s SPST IP4X Flange
Mount M10 Copper Brass –
08099080 08099080-BX 08099080-BP 12-24V DC 150A 1000A at 5s SPST IP43 Flange
Mount M10 Copper Zinc-Plated
Steel
Key Seal
and Cap
200A • SPST • IP67 • Marine Single Pole Main Battery Switch
Marine single pole main battery switch with a metal body. Heavy duty and resistant against corrosion, to
be used on heavy trucks, farm tractors, buses, commercial vehicles end especially on boats.
Switch features 200A continuous current rating, removable handle,. the “V” shape of the terminals allows
for easy cable connections, and reduces risk of arcing. This switch is also RINA ISO-8846 approved and is
equipped a white rubber protection cap
For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08081400
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT
CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS NOTES
BULK BOXED
08081400 08081400-BX 24V DC 200A 1000A at 5s SPST IP67 Through-Hole M10 Brass Removable Key
64Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
6
Battery Disconnect Switches
300A • SPST • IP65 • 360˚ Rotation Battery Disconnect Switch
Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a fixed handle and metal body. The handle and contacts are
designed with a unique 360˚ operation for activating the switch ON-OFF. The handle can be rotated either
left or right to switch the circuit status. Switch is ON when handle is aligned with the terminals and OFF
when perpendicular with the terminals.
For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
250A • SPST • IP65 • Push to Off Battery Disconnect Switch
Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a turn to on and a push to off operation. Easy to operate and
shut off vehicle power in emergency situations.
Switch features and identical mounting patter to metal body removable key switches so the same
application has multiple options with minimal design changes.
For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08010100
08010200
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT
CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS NOTES
BULK BOXED
08010100 08010100-BX 24V DC 300A 1000A at 10s SPST IP65 Flange Mount M10 Copper 360˚ Handle Rotation
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT
CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS NOTES
BULK BOXED
08010200 08010200-BX 24V DC 250A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65 Flange Mount M10 Silver
Plated Copper Push-to-Off
250A • SPST • IP65-IP69K • M10 Studs • Battery Disconnect Switch
Manual battery switch with removable or fixed handle and available with weather protective boots.
For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08098800 - Base unit with removable handle
08098881 - Unit with removable handle and chain. Red and yellow rubber boots for weather protection
and to help identify different applications. Interchangeable with Bosch 0341002003 switches
08098882 - Unit with fixed handle and integrated lock-out tag-out. Red, yellow and black rubber boots
for weather protection and to help identify different applications. Latest design that does not require
accessory for lockout tagout. Interchangeable with Bosch 0341002003 switches
08098800
08098882
Mounting Diagram Electrical Diagram
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT
CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS TERMINAL
HARDWARE NOTES
BULK BOXED
08098800 08098800-BX 24V DC 250A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65 Flange
Mount M10 Copper Zinc-Plated
Steel Removable Handle
08098881 08098881-BX 24V DC 250A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65/IP69k Flange
Mount M10 Copper Zinc-Plated
Steel
Removable Handle w/ Chain,
Keyhole Cover
Red & Yellow Boots
08098882 08098882-BX 24V DC 250A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65/IP69k Flange
Mount M10 Copper Zinc-Plated
Steel
Fixed Handle w/ Integrated
Lock-Out Tag-Out
Black, Red & Yellow Boots
65 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
6
Battery Disconnect Switches
Battery & Master Disconnect Switches
250-500A • DPST • IP67/IP69K • Dual Pole Battery Disconnect Switch
250A-500A Dual Pole manual battery master switch with removable or fixed handle. High performance
design with industry leading mechanics and materials featuring modern advancements in the design
evolution of manual battery disconnects.
• Smartkey allows handle to removable or fixed, locking it in either the OFF or ON position
• Protective rubber cap with an auto-protection feature ensures protection when the handle is removed
For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08084300 & 08084400
Electrical Diagram
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT
CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS TERMINAL
HARDWARE NOTES
BULK BOXED
08084300 08084300-BX 24V DC 250A 1000A at 2s DPST IP67/IP69K Flange Mount M10 Silver-
Plated Copper
Nickel Plated
Brass –
08084400 08084400-BX 24V DC 500A 1500A at 2s DPST IP67/IP69K Flange Mount M12 Silver-
Plated Copper
Nickel Plated
Brass –
350A • SPST • IP65-IP69K • M12 Studs • Battery Disconnect Switch
Manual switches with a removable or fixed handle and weather protective boot depending on part
number selected. For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches
08098900 - base unit with removable handle
08098980 - switch with removable handle with black boot and chain
08098981 - switch with fixed handle and black boot
08098900
08098980
Mounting Diagram Electrical Diagram
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT
CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS TERMINAL
HARDWARE NOTES
BULK BOXED
08098900 08098900-BX 12-24V DC 350A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65 Flange
Mount
M12 Silver-
Plated Copper
Zinc-Plated
Steel Removable Handle
08098980 08098980-BX 12-24V DC 350A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65 Flange
Mount
M12 Silver-
Plated Copper
Zinc-Plated
Steel
Removable Handle w/ Chain
Keyhole Cover
08098981 08098981-BX 12-24V DC 350A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65/IP69K Flange
Mount
M12 Silver-
Plated Copper
Zinc-Plated
Steel Fixed Handle w/ Black Boot
66Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
6
Single-Pole Battery Switches
2484 with steel case and diecast lever 2484-03 with steel case and Hencol lock Dimensions 2-position lever model
SPST Wiring Diagram
+
SWITCH
STARTER
SOLENOID
STARTER
MOTOR
BAT
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CASE TERMINAL
STUDS
MOUNTING STEM
ACTUATOR
CONTACTS
INDEXING PIN
O-RING SEAL
TERMINAL SEAL
UL LISTED
BULK BOXED RETAIL CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT MATERIAL SIZE
2484 2484-BX –6V DC 40A 250A
Plated
Steel Two 3/8”-24 Brass
¾-16
23/32 long
Lever
Copper •
12V DC 20A 125A
2484-16 2484-16-BX –
6-36V DC 175A
800A
(15s On–5m Off)
Silver •
24024 – – Hencol
Key Brass •
2484-A 2484-A-BX –
1000A
(15s On–5m Off)
Lever
Silver
2484-06 2484-06-BX –Silver • •
2484-09 2484-09-BX –Copper
2484-02 2484-02-BX –
¾-16
17/32” long
Hencol
Key
Silver •
2484-03 2484-03-BX –Silver • •
2484-19 2484-19-BX –1000A
(30s On–5m Off) Silver • • •
2484 Series • 175A • SPST • Single Pole Metal Body Battery Disconnect Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit on 6-36V DC systems.
• Two positions: Off-On.
• Mounting Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread with one of two lengths:
23/32” (18.3mm) long, fits panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick
17/32” (13.5mm) long, fits panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick
• Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in/lbs
• Electrical ratings on UL labels are conservative
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/2484
75908
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CASE TERMINAL
STUDS
MOUNTING STEM
ACTUATOR
CONTACTS
INDEXING PIN
O-RING SEAL
TERMINAL SEAL
UL LISTED
BULK BOXED RETAIL CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT MATERIAL SIZE
75908 75908-BX –12V DC 300A 2000A
(30s On–3m Off)
Plated
Steel Two ½”-20 –¾-16
17/32” long Lever Copper •
75908 Series • 300A • SPST • Single Pole High Current Battery Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit on 6-36V DC systems. Two positions: Off-On.
• Mounting Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread, 17/32” (13.5mm) long
fits panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick
• Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in/lbs
For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/75908
67 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
6
Double-Pole Battery Switches
Battery & Master Disconnect Switches
75903 / 75904 75904-02 / 75904-03 75912
DPST Wiring Diagram 75912 Wiring Diagram (For two high current loads)
+
SWITCH
REGULATOR
GENERATOR
OR ALTERNATOR
STARTER
SOLENOID
STARTER
MOTOR
BAT
BF
FA or B
A
STARTER
SOLENOID
STARTER
MOTOR
+
BAT
A
A
B
B
75907
75900 Series • 125A • DPST • Double Pole Metal Body Battery Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit and the alternator or generator field circuit on 6-36V DC systems.
• Mounting Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread with one of two lengths:
23/32” (18.3mm) long, fits panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick
17/32” (13.5mm) long, fits panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick
• Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in-lbs
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/75900
75907 Series • 300A • DPST • Double Pole High Current Battery Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit and the alternator or generator field circuit on 6-36V DC systems.
Two positions: Off-On.
• Mounting Stem: 3/4” -16 thread, 23/32” (18.3mm) long, fits panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick
• Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in-lbs
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/75907
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CASE TERMINAL
STUDS
MOUNTING STEM
ACTUATOR
CONTACTS
INDEXING PIN
O-RING SEAL
TERMINAL SEAL
UL LISTED
LARGE STUDS SMALL STUDS
BULK BOXED RETAIL CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT CONTINUOUS MATERIAL SIZE
75903 75903-BX –
6-36V DC 125A
1000A
15s On
5m Off
20A
Plated
Steel
Two 3/8”-24
Two 10-32 Brass
¾-16
23/32 long Chrome
Lever
Brass
75904 75904-BX –Silver
75904-01 75904-01-BX –
¾-16
17/32 long
Silver •••
75904-02 75904-02-BX –Hencol
Key
Silver •
75904-03 75904-03-BX –Silver • •
75912 75912-BX –750A
15s On
5m Off
–Four 3/8-24 –¾-16
23/32 long
Chrome
Lever Silver •••
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CASE TERMINAL
STUDS
MOUNTING STEM
ACTUATOR
CONTACTS
INDEXING PIN
O-RING SEAL
TERMINAL SEAL
UL LISTED
LARGE STUDS SMALL STUDS
BULK BOXED RETAIL CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT CONTINUOUS MATERIAL SIZE
75907 75907-BX –6-36V DC 300A 2000A
(30s On–3m Off) 20A Plated
Steel
Two ½”-20 &
Two 10-32 –¾-16
23/32 long
Diecast
Lever Copper • •
Note: 75912 has epoxy seal at case, mounting stem and indexing pin. Operating Temp: -40˚ to 85˚F
2-position lever model
68Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
6
M-284-01
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CASE TERMINAL
STUDS
MOUNTING STEM
ACTUATOR
CONTACTS
INDEXING PIN
O-RING SEAL
TERMINAL SEAL
UL LISTED
BULK BOXED RETAIL CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT MATERIAL SIZE
M-284 M-284-BX M-284-BP
6-36V DC 175A
1000A
(15s On–5m Off)
Brass Two 3/8”
(9.5mm Ø) Brass ¾-16
1 13/32” long
Lever Copper
M-284-A M-284-A-BX –Lever Silver
M-284-01 M-284-01-BX M-284-01-BP 800A
(15s On–5m Off) Lever Silver •
M-284-02 M-284-02-BX –
1000A
(15s On–5m Off)
Dichromate
Lever Silver • •
– – M-284-09-BP Dichromate
Lever Silver • •
M-284-26 – – Lever Silver
–M-289-BX –Lever Silver
M-284 Series • 175A • SPST • Single Pole Brass Marine Battery Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit on 6-36V DC systems.
• Mounting Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread, 1 13/32” (46.1mm) long
fits panels up to 15/16” (23.8mm) thick
• Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in/lbs
• M-284-09BP includes Faceplate 82065
• Electrical ratings on UL labels are conservative
For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/M-284
†M-284-09-BP Kit includes M-284-02 Switch and 82065 Faceplate.
M-290-05
Marine Battery Switches
M-290 Series • 125A • DPST • Double Pole Brass Marine Battery Switches
Designed to disconnect the battery circuit and the alternator or generator field circuit on 6-36V DC systems. Two
positions: Off-On.
• Mounting Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread with 1 13/32” (46.1mm) long,
fits panels up to 15/16” (23.8mm) thick
• Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in-lbs
• M-290-05 is UL Listed to 707B
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/7590X
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
CASE TERMINAL
STUDS
MOUNTING STEM
ACTUATOR
CONTACTS
INDEXING PIN
O-RING SEAL
TERMINAL SEAL
UL LISTED
LARGE STUDS SMALL STUDS
BULK BOXED RETAIL CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT CONTINUOUS MATERIAL SIZE
M-290 M-290-BX –6-36V DC 125A
1000A
(15s On–5m Off) 20A Brass Two 3/8”-24 &
Two 10-32 Brass
¾-16
1 13/32”
long
Lever
Silver
M-290-01 M-290-01-BX –6-36V DC 125A Silver •
M-290-05 M-290-05-BX –6-36V DC 125A Silver •
2-position lever model
69 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
6
M-754 Back is shown.
Three small terminals in the middle are for
connection to the pilot light circuit.
M-752 has two small terminals in the middle
marked F1 and F2 for connection to the
Alternator Field Disconnect circuit.
M-750 has no small terminals in the middle.
Full wiring instructions are included.
M-750 Standard Switch M-754 Back
Battery Selector Disconnect Switches
Battery & Master Disconnect Switches
M-750 • Dual Battery Selector / Master Disconnect Switch
For any vehicle that needs to use two batteries where one battery is used for starting
the engine, while the other is used to power auxiliary loads. This is a common situation
in trucks, boats, RVs, police and rescue vehicles, and in ambulances and fire equipment.
A selector switch allows use of the first battery, the second battery, or both batteries
simultaneously. This provides back-up starting power in an emergency. Either or both
batteries can be selected to supply power.
These switches combine the functions of Battery Selector and Master Disconnect
Switches to give four battery power options:
• Power cut off at the source. • Power On, Battery 2.
• Power On, Battery 1. • Power On, both Batteries.
Electrical Ratings
Labeled UL 707B. Rating: 500A intermittent, 310A continuous, 6-36V DC
Electrical ratings on UL labels are conservative. Use with either alternators or
generators. Make before break design permits operation through the three On positions
with the engines running. Engines should always be shut down before turning to Off.
Wiring instructions are included.
Heavy-Duty Construction
• Vaporproof, weather-, dust- and corrosion-resistant.
• Durable, fracture-resistant high temperature plastic case, knob and insulator.
• Switches conform to USCG section 183.410 for ignition protection. Resistant to
impact, and temperature extremes.
• Heavy duty copper stud terminals, with brass hexnuts. Can be surface mounted, or
installed through a 3 5/16” diameter hole in the panel
• Dimensions: Flange: 6” (152.4mm) diameter, overall height 2 5/8” (66.7mm).
Terminals: 3 copper studs, 3/8” (9.5mm) diameter..
• Alternator field disconnect circuit switch. Prevents possible alternator diode failure if the
switch is accidentally turned to Off with the engines running.
For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/M750
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
AMPERAGE
TERMINALS MOUNTING TYPE SEALING
CERTIFICATION
ALTERNATOR FIELD
DISCONNECT
PILOT CIRCUIT
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
M-750 –M-750-BP
6-36V DC
500A intermit-
tent
310A continuous
Copper Studs 3/8” (9.5mm)
Brass hexnuts
Surface Mount
Panel Mount
(3 5/16" Ø hole)
Vaporproof, Weather-Resistant,
Dust-Resistant, and Corrosion-
Resistant
UL 707B
M-754 –M-754-BP •
70Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
6
24505 - Lockout lever kit 80101-B - Lever 83353 - Hencol Key 82065 - Faceplate with On-Off Marking
46210-02 46210-03 46211-R 46211-01
Metal Body Master Disconnect Switches - Accessories
Replacement levers, faceplates, terminal caps and lockout kits for Battery Disconnect Switches.
Battery Jumper Terminals and Feeder Studs
Battery Jumper Terminals are used to make easily-accessible battery connections, inside or outside the vehicle. They can be used individually or in
pairs and are easy to install. Featuring solid brass posts, including a brass hexnut and lockwasher.
Feeder Studs bring power through bulkheads or firewalls and feature an impact-resistant plastic insulator/mounting bushing.
JBPT Single Stud Junction Blocks
Connection points for distribution of power in feed-thru and non-feed-thru styles. Simplifies
cabling and serves as convenient tap points. Stainless steel studs of various threads and sizes,
in red or black thermoplastic body. 3/8” zinc-plated steel studs have electrical rating of 400A and
low resistance due to large contact area. High installation torque values allow the use of large
cable sizes for high current applications.
PART NUMBERS DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
BULK BOX RETAIL
24505 24505-BX –
Lockout
Lever Kit
Lever and flange plate accept a padlock to securely lock a Disconnect Switch in the Off position.
For use with lever actuated switches with a ¾” Ø diameter mounting stem. Use a padlock with a 5/16” Ø shackle
24505-01 – –
Lever
Battery Disconnect Switch Lock Out Kit w/Mounting Panel and Lever
80101-B 80101-B-BX –Lever Replacement chrome-plated diecast lever
83353 83353-BX –Hencol Key Replacement Hencol Key - Heavy gauge plated steel resists corrosion
82065 82065-BX –Faceplate Polished aluminum with enamel finish - 2 ½” (63.5mm) Ø
82065-02 82065-02-BX –Faceplate With indexing hole - Polished aluminum with enamel finish - 2 ½” (63.5mm) Ø
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE DESCRIPTION COLOR TERMINAL/STUD SIZE DIMENSIONS NOTES
BULK BOXED
46210-02 46210-02-BX 6-48V DC Terminal Post Red Terminal: 13/16” (20.6mm) Ø
1-1/8” (29.9mm) long – Replacement Cap: 97846-A
46210-03 46210-03-BX 6-48V DC Terminal Post Black Replacement Cap: 97846-B
46211-R 46211-R-BX 6-36V DC Feeder Stud Red Two 3/8” -16 threads
5/8” (15.9mm) long
1 17/64” (32.1mm) Ø
5/8” (15.9mm) long –
46211-01 46211-01-BX 6-36V DC Feeder Stud Black
PART NUMBERS COLOR FEED TYPE STUD SIZE MOUNTING BASE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
JBPT2P01ZXR – – Red Feed-Thru ½”-13 69.8 x 47.6mm
JBPT2N02ZXB – – Black Non-Feed-Thru ½”-13 69.8 x 47.6mm
JBPT3P01ZXB – – Black Feed-Thru 3/8”-18 52.4 x 19.1mm
JBPT3P02ZXB – – Black Non-Feed-Thru 3/8”-18 52.4 x 19.1mm
JBPT3N03ZXB – – Black Feed-Thru 3/8”-18 –
JBPT0001Z – – Red Feed-Thru – –
Battery Switch & Battery Accessories
71 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Benefits of Anti-Restart Feature
Several ignition switches, including the 95060 series, feature an anti-restart mechanism.
An operator can damage the starter motor if the ignition switch is inadvertently turned
the when the engine is running. This can happen in noisy environments where it may
be difficult to hear the engine. The switch must be turned to the Off position before
the start circuit can be re-energized.
95060 – Not Just for Ignitions
The 95060 series is widely used in ignition systems. However, there are many other
applications where a keyed, water-resistant rotary switch (two, three, or four positions)
is required for 12V, 24V, or 36V systems
What is a Hencol Key?
Hencol is a Cole Hersee brand name used to describe our non-bitted common keys.
Hencol keys are often used for ignition switches installed in forklifts
or equipment that will have multiple operators. The non-bitted key
allows any authorized user with a Hencol key to start and operator
the vehicle.
The term Hencol is named after one of the Cole Hersee founders
and is a mash-up of their name, Henry Cole.
Littelfuse offers the broadest range of 12V to 48V Ignition Switches which are suitable
for any application. Variations include those with plastic or traditional metal body, lever-
actuated, tumbler keyed, or patented Hencol keyed.
Ignition Switches
72Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
7
95060 Series 95061 Series 95062 Series
Sealed Ignition Switches
95060 Series • 12-48V DC • Sealed Ignition Switches
Durable engineering thermoplastic construction withstands impact,
and will not corrode, even on continual exposure to road salt. 95060
switches have integrated Deutsch-type connector for easy installs.
• Voltages: 10A at 12V, 5A at 24V, 3A at 36V and 2A at 48V
• Options: key boot, anti-restart, or spring return
• Sealing: contacts are sealed front and back to IP67 standard,
with connector (p/n 31101) installed
• Ignition Protection: Tested to SAE J259 and UL-Recognized
• Deutsch connectors & Wires Part Number: 31101
(included in -50, -51 and -60 items)
• Actuators: single or multiple key codes, lever, knob or D-shaft.
- Keyed switches ship with 2 keys (removable in Off position)
Replacement blanks: 83451-6 (600 series) or 83451-7 (700 series).
› CH601: Single tumbler code - all locks are identical
› Mixed: 200 random key codes
› 10 code:10 random key codes
- Lever: Chrome-plated diecast lever p/n 81254
- Soft touch knob: p/n 81397
- D-shaft: 1/4” D-shaft to accept customer’s actuator
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/95060
PART NUMBERS POSITIONS
ACTUATOR
KEYS
HARNESS
SPRING
RETURN
ANTI-
RESTART
SWITCH W/
HARNESS
(P/N 31101)
REPLACEMENT ACTUATOR
OR KEY BLANK
BULK BOXED RETAIL
TOTAL
1234 CODE
BOOT
95060 95060-BX
–
4
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Keys Mixed • • 83451-6 or 83451-7
95060-01 95060-01-BX
–
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Keys Mixed • • • 83451-6 or 83451-7
95060-02 –
–
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Keys Mixed •83451-6 or 83451-7
95060-23 95060-23-BX
–
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Keys CH601 •83451-6
95060-24 –
–
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Keys CH601 •83451-6
95060-34 95060-34-BX
–
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Keys 10 Codes •83451-6 or 83451-7
– –
95060-50-BP
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Keys 10 Codes ••• 95060 83451-6 or 83451-7
–95061-BX
–
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Lever – • 81254
–95061-50-BX
–
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Lever – • • 95061 81254
95061-01 –
–
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Lever – • • 81254
95062-10 –
–
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Knob – • 81397
–95062-50-BX
–
Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Knob – • • 95062-10 81397
95060-03 95060-03-BX
–
3
Off Ign/Acc Start –Keys Mixed • • 83451-6 or 83451-7
– –
95060-60-BP
Off Ign/Acc Start –Keys Mixed ••• 95060-03 83451-6 or 83451-7
95060-04 95060-04-BX
–
Off Ign/Acc Start –Keys Mixed • • • 83451-6 or 83451-7
95060-21 –
–
Off Ign/Acc Start –Keys 10 Codes • • 83451-6 or 83451-7
95060-26 –
–
Off Ign/Acc Start –Keys CH601 • • 83451-6 - no logo
95060-36 –
–
Mom On 1 Off Mom On 2 –Keys
CH545
•Yale Y13
95060-43 –
–
Mom On 1 Off Mom On 2 –Keys Mixed • • 83451-6 or 83451-7
95061-04 95061-04-BX
–
Off Ign/Acc Start –Lever – • • 81254
95061-05 – – Off Ign/Acc Start –Lever – • 81254
–95061-60-BX
–
Off Ign/Acc Start –Lever – • • • 95061-04 81254
95061-36 95061-36-BX
–
Mom On 1 Off Mom On 2 –Lever – • 81254
95062-13 –
–
Off Ign/Acc Start –Knob – • 81254
95060-07 95060-07-BX
–
2
Off Ign/Acc – – Keys Mixed •83451-6 or 83451-7
95060-29 –
–
Off Ign/Acc – – Keys CH601 •83451-6
95061-07 –
–
Off Ign/Acc – – Lever –81254
95062-17 –
–
Off Ign/Start – – Knob –81397
–95062-57-BX
–
Off Ign/Start – – Knob – • 95062-17 81397
MOUNTING STEM, M22 x 1.5 BRASS HEXNUT
BLACK PLASTIC HOUSING
CONNECTOR TO ACCEPT
DEUTSCH DT06-6S CONNECTOR
OR EQUIVALENT
POS 2
OFF
POS 1
ACC
POS 3
IGN & ACC
POS 4
START
TERMINALS
1 = Battery
2 = Start
3 = Accessory
4 = Ignition
5 = Ignition
6 = Battery
Terminals 1 and 6 are connected internally
.
Terminals 4 and 5 are connected internally
.
Ø2.011 [51.07]
BLACK PLASTIC
FACENUT
1.248 [31.69]
1.950 [49.52]
4-position model shown
Technical Details
73 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
7
Coded tumbler lock with 2 keys Patented Hencol lock with 2 keys (83357) Short handle lever (81254) Military Lever (956-5109)
Heavy Duty Ignition Switches
956 Series • Heavy Duty General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
Dependable diecast zinc housing switches with an array of options for every application. Switches mount through the panel and have
lever action or are keyed (hencol key or coded tumbler lock). On keyed switches the key is removable at Off position only.
• Two Terminal Options: Brass blade 1/4” (6.4mm) wide accept Delphi (Packard) connector 2962912 or equivalent
Screw Terminals include lock washers
• Two Mounting Sizes: 1”-24 bushings fit panels .030”- .090” (.76mm - 2.3mm)
3/4”-24 bushings fit panels .060”- .110” (1.5mm - 2.7mm)
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
PART NUMBERS AMP RATING (12V DC) POSITIONS
ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE
TERMINALS
SPRING RETURN
ANTI-RESTART
GROUND TERMINAL
SILVER CONTACTS
SEAL TYPE
BUSHING SIZE
REPLACEMENT
KEY BLANK
BULK BOXED RETAIL
ACC
IGN
START
GROUND
TOTAL
1 2 3 4
SHUTTER LOCK
GASKET
O-RING
956-4100 956-4100-BX –10 10 5 1 4 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 4 blade • •
1”-24 Unavailable - OB
956-4107 956-4107-BX –10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Hencol 4 screw • • • •
1”-24 83357
–956-4111-BX –10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start S. Lever 4 blade •
1”-24 81254
956-4113 – – 30 10 5 – Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Hencol 4 blade • • •
1”-24 83357
956-4124 956-4124-BX –10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start S. Lever 4 screw • • •
1”-24 81254
956-4138 956-4138-BX –30 20 10 –Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 4 blade •
1”-24 Unavailable - OB
956-4141 956-4141-BX –30 20 10 –Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Hencol 4 screw • • • •
1”-24 83357
956-4154 956-4154-BX –10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 5 screw •••
1”-24 Unavailable - OB
956-4307 956-4307-BX –10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Hencol 4 screw • • •
¾”-24 83357
956-4311 956-4311-BX –10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 4 blade • •
¾”-24 Unavailable - OB
956-9100 956-9100-BX –10 5 5 – Fuel Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Hencol 5 screw • • •
1”-24 83357
956-3122 956-3122-BX –10 10 5 – 3 Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start –Coded 5 screw ••• •••
1”-24 Unavailable - OB
956-3124 956-3124-BX –10 10 5 – Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start –S. Lever 5 screw • • • •
1”-24 81254
956-3125 956-3125-BX –30 10 10 –Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start –Coded 4 screw • • •
1”-24 Unavailable - OB
956-3126 956-3126-BX –10 10 5 – Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start –Hencol 4 screw • • •
1”-24 83357
956-3127 956-3127-BX –30 10 10 –Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start –S. Lever 3 screw • • • •
1”-24 81254
956-3135 – – 10 10 5 1 Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start –S. Lever 5 screw •
1”-24 n/a
956-5109 956-5109-BX –20 10 10 –Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start –
Mil. Lever
4 screw • • •
1”-24 n/a
956-5124 – – 10 10 5 – Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start –Hencol 4 screw • • •
¾”-24 83357
956-5307 956-5307-BX –10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc –Hencol 3 screw • • •
¾”-24 83357
956-6307 – – 10 10 – – Acc Off Ign/Acc –Hencol 3 screw • •
¾”-24 83357
956-6310 – – 30 10 – – Acc Off Ign/Acc –Hencol 3 screw • • •
¾”-24 83357
Ignition Switches
Typical Hencol Switch Dimensions 5 Screw Terminals
Off
Acc Ign/Acc
Ign/Start
Off
Ign
Ign/Start
4 Position 3-position Off-Ign-Ign/Start
Off
Ign/Acc
Ign/Start
Off
Fuel Ign/Acc
Ign/Start
3-position Off-Ign/Acc-Ign/Start
(includes anti-restart switches)
4-position diesel ignition
(956-9100)
74Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
7
General Purpose Ignition Switches
PART NUMBERS AMP RATING
(12V DC) POSITIONS ACTUATOR
/ KEY TYPE
TERMINALS
O-RING SEAL
BUSHING
SIZE
NOTES REPLACEMENT
KEY BLANK
BULK BOXED RETAIL
ACC
IGN
START
TOTAL
1 2 3 4
9579 9579-BX 9579-BP 10 10 5 4 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 4 screw ¾”-20 – –
9579-02 9579-02-BX –10 10 5 4 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 4 screw ¾”-20 Key code CH-505 –
9513 9513-BX – – 10 5 3 Off Ign Ign/Start –Coded 3 screw ¾”-20 – –
9578 9578-BX –10 10 – 3 Acc Off Ign/Acc –Coded 3 screw ¾”-20 – –
95539 95539-BX –10 1 5 3 Off Run Start – Coded 4 screw ¾”-20 1A Magneto –
95582 95582-BX – – 10 5 3 Off Ign Ign/Start –Coded 3 screw •¾”-20 – –
9577 9577-BX –10 – – 2 Off On (Ign) – – Coded 2 screw ¾”-20 – –
95535 95535-BX –10 5 5 – Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Key 4 screw 13/16” – –
95593 95593-BX –10 10 – – Rev Off Run – Key 3 screw 3/4” – –
95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
• Zinc diecast housing
• Coded tumbler locks (2 keys)
• Screw terminals with lock washers
• Fit panels up to 3/8” (9.5mm)
• Key removable at Off positions (except 9518)
• Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches.† (except 9578)
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
• Zinc diecast housing
• Military style lever
• Screw terminals with lock washers
• Fit panels up to 11/64” (4.4mm)
• Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
PART NUMBERS AMP RATING
(12V DC) POSITIONS ACTUATOR
/ KEY TYPE
TERMINALS
O-RING SEAL
BUSHING
SIZE
NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
ACC
IGN
START
TOTAL
1 2 3 4
95634-01 95634-01-BX –10 5 3 Off Ign Ign/Start –Mil. Lever 3 screw •¾”-20 –
95633-A 95633-A-BX –10 10 2Off Ign/Acc – – Mil. Lever 3 screw ¾”-20 Moisture & fungus-resistant
per MIL-JAN-T-152
† Switch does not have a spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC feature.
PART NUMBERS AMP RATING
(12V DC) POSITIONS
ACTUATOR
/ KEY TYPE
TERMINALS
SILVER CONTACTS
O-RING SEAL
BUSHING
SIZE
REPLACEMENT
KEY BLANK
BULK BOXED RETAIL
ACC
IGN
START
TOTAL
1 2 3 4
95525-A 95525-A-BX –10 10 5 4 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Hencol 4 screw •5/8”-32 83357
95524-A 95524-A-BX – – 10 5 3 Off Ign Ign/Start –Hencol 3 screw •5/8”-32 83357
95522-A – – – 10 – 2 Off On/Ign – – Hencol 2 screw •5/8”-32 83357
95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
• Plated steel housing
• Hencol locks (2 keys)
• Screw terminals with lock washers
• Fit panels up to 1/8” (3.2mm)
• Key removable at Off positions
• Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
75 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
7
General Purpose Ignition Switches
Ignition Switches
PART NUMBERS AMP RATING
(12V DC) POSITIONS ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE
TERMINALS
SILVER
CONTACTS
O-RING SEAL
BUSHING
SIZE
NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
IGN
START
TOTAL
123
95591 95591-BX –10 5 3 Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Lever 4 screw • • 5/8”-32 Zinc Diecast Lever
95610 95610-BX –25 20 3Off Ign Ign/Acc Short Lever 3 screw •5/8”-32 Short Chrome Lever
95612 95612-BX –25 20 3Off Ign Ign/Acc Short Lever 3 screw • • 5/8”-32 Short Chrome Lever
–95613-BX –20 20 3Off Ign Ign/Acc Short Lever 3 blade • • 5/8”-32 Short Chrome Lever
PART NUMBERS AMP RATING
(12V DC) POSITIONS
ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE
TERMINALS
SILVER CONTACTS
O-RING SEAL
BUSHING
SIZE
NOTES REPLACEMENT
KEY BLANK
BULK BOXED RETAIL
IGN
START
TOTAL
1 2 3
95521-B 95521-B-BX –25 70 3Off Ign Start Long Hencol 3 screw • • 5/8”-32 –83353
95521-01 95521-01-BX –25 70 3Off Ign Start Lever 3 screw • • 5/8”-32 Dichromate Lever 80101-A
95033 95033-BX –50 10 3
Glow
Off
Glow/Start
Lever 3 screw 5/8”-32 50A Glow - Diesel 80101-A
95597 95597-BX –50 – 2 Off On (Ign) –Long Hencol 2 screw • • 5/8”-32 Heavy-Duty 83353
M-288 M-288-BX –50 – 2 Off On (Ign) –Lever 2 screw • • 5/8”-32 Heavy-Duty –
95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
• Plated steel housing
• Lever actuator (short or long)
• Fit panels up to 1/8” (3.2mm)
• Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches
• Plated steel housing
• Hencol locks come with 2 keys
• Screw terminals come with lock washers
• Fit panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm)
• Key removable at Off positions
• Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
10A Reversing Switch with Tumbler Key
Reversing Switch in a plated steel case. Key is removable in Off
position only with Spring return to Off. O-ring seal in mounting stem.
5A-10A Compact Ignition Switches
• Key removable at Off and On
• 3/4” -24 mounting stem fits panels to 3/4” (19.1mm)
• Compact - Plated steel case, stainless steel bezel & face washer
Off
On ForwardOn Reverse
PART NUMBERS RATING POSITIONS ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE TERMINALS MOUNTING STEM
BULK BOXED RETAIL TOTAL 1 2
9500 9500-BX –10A at 12V DC 2Off On (Ign) Lever 2 screw ½”-20 fits panels to 13/64” (5.2mm)
9622-01 9622-01-BX –5A at 12V DC 2Off On (Ign) Tumbler Key Coded 2 screw ¾”-24
PART NUMBERS RATING POSITIONS ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE TERMINALS BUSHING
SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL TOTAL 123
75705-01 75705-01-BX –10A at 12V DC 3Mom Forward Off Mom Reverse Coded 3 screw 13/16”-24
Level Lock Ignition Switch (9500) Coded tumbler lock with 2 keys (9622-01)
76Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
7
Marine Grade Ignition Switches
PART NUMBERS AMP RATING
(12V DC) POSITIONS
ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE
TERMINALS
BUSHING
SIZE
NOTES REPLACEMENT
KEY BLANK
BULK BOXED RETAIL
ACC
IGN
START
TOTAL
1 2 3 4
M-6110-05 – – – 10 5 3 Off Ign Ign/Start – Coded Key 3 screw 13/16”-24 Bitted CH-523 Code
M-700 M-700-BX – – 5 5 4 Acc Off IgnAcc Ign/Start Coded Key 4 screw 3/4” Bitted Mixed Codes
M-712 M-712-BX M-712-BP 10 5 5 4 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded Key 4 screw 13/16”-24
M-712-09 M-712-09-BX M-712-09-BP 10 5 5 4 Acc Off IgnAcc Ign/Start Coded Key 4 screw 13/16”-24 Rubber Boot
M-550 M-550-BX M-550-BP –10 5 3 Off Ign Ign/Start – Coded Key 3 screw 13/16”-24
M-550-14 M-550-14-BX M-550-14-BP –10 5 3 Off Ign Ign/Start – Coded Key 3 screw 13/16”-24 Rubber Boot
M-489 M-489-BX M-489-BP –10 – 2 Off On/Ign – – Coded Key 2 screw 13/16”-24
M-489-03 – – – 10 – 2 Off On/Ign – – Coded Key 2 screw 13/16”-24 Keyhole shutter
PART NUMBERS AMP RATING
(12V DC) POSITIONS ACTUATOR /
KEY TYPE
TERMINALS BUSHING
SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL IGNITION TOTAL 1 2
M-497 M-497-BX –10 2Off On/Ign Lever 2 screw 1/2’-20
M-712 • M-550 • M-489
M-712-09 • M-550-14
M-497
M-850
Marine or General Purpose Brass Body Keyed Ignition Switches
Marine switches are highly suitable for harsh environments on land or at sea. They are corrosion-resistant,
with brass cases. Moisture-repellent insulators, coded locks with 2 brass keys.
• Brass housing and mounting hardware, chrome-plated brass facenut.
• Coded tumbler locks (2 keys)
• Screw terminals with lock washers
• Fit panels up to 1” (25.4mm)
• Key removable at Off positions
• Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
Marine or General Purpose Brass Body Lever Ignition Switches
Marine switches are highly suitable for harsh environments on land or at sea. They are corrosion-resistant,
with brass cases.
• Brass housing and mounting hardware, chrome -plated diecast long lever.
• Fit panels up to 7/8” (22.2mm)
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
15A Marine Plastic Body Ignition Switches
Durable plastic case and stem with PVC boot for added weather protection. Key is removable only in the
Off position. Off-Run-Start Spring return to IGN.
• Electrical ratings at 6-36V DC: 15A ignition, 5A start
• Mounting stem fits panels up to 7/8” (22.2mm) thick, with 7/8” diameter hole
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
PART NUMBERS POSITIONS ACTUATOR TERMINALS SPRING
RETURN MOUNTING STEM REPLACEMENT
KEY
BULK BOXED RETAIL
123
M-850 M-850-BX M-850-BP Off Run Ign/Start Key 3 screw •Fits panels to 7/8” (22.2mm)
with 7/8” Ø hole –
77 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
7
Delco Replacement Ignition and Start Switches
Replacement switches sold without a lock cylinder. To receive a new
lock cylinder and 2 keys order part number 95874. Both part numbers
feature a 1”-24 UNS-2A thread and key is only removable in Off position.
• 7 Blade Terminals accept Delphi (Packard) 6288702. Includes 2 ground terminals for checking indicator
bulbs. 1 additional battery terminal provides continuous hotfeed for optional equipment.
• Replaces Delco D-1403-A, D-1406-A, D-1480, D-1498-A, • Chevrolet Trucks 67-83, 85-89,
GMC 1116712, 1116683, 1116695, 1116704, 1116709, 1116711, 2234285 • GMC Trucks 67-83, 85-89
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
Ignition Switches
Off
AccIgn/Acc
Ign/Start/Ground
PART NUMBERS POSITIONS
ACTUATOR TERMINALS SPRING
RETURN
GROUND
TERMINAL
O-RING
BULK BOXED RETAIL
1 2 3 4
95410 – – Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start/Ground None 7 screw • • •
Ignition Switch Keys, Protective Boots, Caps, Facenuts and Cover Accessories
Ignition Switches
83353 - Long Hencol Key 83357 - Short Hencol Key 83379 - 500 Series Blank Tumbler Key
83285-01 & 83288 - Protective Boot 8367 - Face nut 98635-01 - Key Cover
PART NUMBERS
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
BULK BOX RETAIL
31101 31101-BX – Harness Harness populated with Wires that mates to the 95060 Series Switches
83353 83353-BX –Heavy Gauge Steel Plated Hencol L Long Key
83357 83357-BX –Heavy Gauge Steel Plated Hencol S Short Key
83274 – – Aluminum Face Nut
83379 83379-BX –Brass Design for 95 Series & M-XXX Marine Switches
83285-01 – – Aluminum Mounting nut containing a rubber self-closing key slot - ¾”-20 threads 7/16” thick
–83288-BX 83288-BP Chrome Brass Mounting nut containing a rubber self-closing key slot - 13/16”-24 thread 7/32” thick
8367 8367-BX –Aluminum Face Nut Knurled Edges - ¾”-20 thread 19/64” thick - Clears 5/8” Hole
98635-01 – – Plastic Black Slip-On Cover for Tumbler Keys 83379
78Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
7
What Are They, and Where Should They Be Used?
The 95060 and 956 Series Ignition
Switches include an Anti-Restart safety
feature. On occasion, vehicle operators
do not realize the engine is running
and turn on the ignition resulting in a
squealing and grinding of gears. If this
happens repeatedly, the starter motor
will likely burn out. Cole Hersee Anti-
Restart Ignition Switches prevent this
from happening.
How They Work
Most regular Ignition Switches have three positions.
Off: key can be removed. Ignition
and accessories (radio, lights etc) are
activated when the key is in.
Momentary Start position runs the
starter motor. This position is spring-
loaded to return to position 2 once the
engine is running. If the Ignition Switch
is in position 2 and you think it’s in
position 1, you may be tempted to turn
it to position 3 while thinking it is in
position 2. This results in the grinding
sound. Cole Hersee Anti Restart Ignition
Switches prevent the operator from
turning to Position 3 when the engine is
running. This safeguard against burnt-out motors can be retrofitted into any kind of vehicle,
such as forklifts or mining vehicles where the ambient noise is high. This kind of ‘lockout
ignition’ is available with a standard ignition key or with a lever for off-road applications.
For additional information, 2D Prints and more: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches
Anti-Restart Ignition Switches
95061
95060
956-3122
956-3124
95062
MOUNTING STEM, M22 x 1.5
BRASS HEXNUT
BLACK PLASTIC HOUSING
CONNECTOR TO ACCEPT
DEUTSCH DT06-6S CONNECTOR
OR EQUIVALENT
POS 2
OFF
POS 1
ACC
POS 3
IGN & ACC
POS 4
START
TERMINALS
1 = Battery
2 = Start
3 = Accessory
4 = Ignition
5 = Ignition
6 = Battery
Terminals 1 and 6 are connected internally
.
Terminals 4 and 5 are connected internally
.
Ø2.011 [51.07]
BLACK PLASTIC
FACENUT
1.248 [31.69]
1.950 [49.52]
4-position model shown
79 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
What is Dependent and Independent Illumination?
Dependent:
The actuator is illuminated only when the switch is turned on.
Independent:
Illumination is not affected by the actuation of the switch. The illumination can be
switched on or off by another switch, such as headlight or interior lighting controls.
This is especially useful when locating switches in the dark.
What Does SPST or DPST Mean?
The first two letters, SP or DP, refer to single pole or double pole. The second two
letters, ST or DT refer to single throw or double throw.
Pole refers to the number of circuits controlled by the switch. SP switches control
one circuit and DP switches control two independent circuits (which act like two
identical switches that are mechanically linked). Pole is often confused with terminal,
which is a common mistake. Terminals are used for wire connections on the back of
the unit and are specified separately.
Throw refers to the extreme position of the actuator. ST switches close a circuit at
only one position and the other position is off. DT switches close a circuit in the Up
position, as well as the down position and can be configured with two positions
(On-On) or three positions (On-Off-On).
Rocker Switches
80Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
8
Sealed Rocker Switches
25A LED Sealed Rocker Switches
• Weather-resistant with contact areas sealed to IP66 (high pressure wash resistant)
• Super-bright LED illumination and high-visibility wrap-around lenses
• LEDs give visibility, even in sunlight and have a long life
• Silver contacts and corrosion-resistant nickel-plated brass blades for superior
performance and electrical contact
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
Note: 24V DC versions can be made available for volume exceeding 1000 pieces. Please contact Littelfuse for more details.
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION ILLUMINATION
LED PILOT LIGHTS
TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
LENS
COLOR 1
LENS
COLOR 2
58312-R2 – – 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Independent Red –4 blade Silver IP66
58312-A4 58312-A4-BX –25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Dependent Amber –3 blade Silver IP66
58312-C4 – – 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Dependent Clear –3 blade Silver IP66
58312-G4 58312-G4-BX –25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Dependent Green –3 blade Silver IP66
58312-R4 58312-R4-BX –25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Dependent Red –3 blade Silver IP66
58312-AG 58312-AG-BX –25A at 12V DC SPDT On-Off-On Dependent Amber Green 4 blade Silver IP66
0.83"
1.45"
Standard mounting hole
25A & 15A Non-Illuminated Sealed Rocker Switches
• Weather-resistant with contact areas sealed to IP66 (high pressure wash resistant)
• Silver contacts and corrosion-resistant nickel-plated brass blades for superior performance
and electrical contact
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE & THROW ACTION TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
58311-01 – –
25A at 12V DC
15A at 24V DC
SPST On-Off 2 blade Silver IP66
58311-02 – – SPST Mom On-Off 2 blade Silver IP66
58311-07 – – DPDT On-Off-On 6 blade Silver IP66
58311-08 – – DPDT On-On 6 blade Silver IP66
58311-11 –58311-11-BP DPDT On-Off-On 4 blade Silver IP66 Forward & Reverse
58311-13 58311-13-BX –DPDT Off-On-Mom On 4 blade Silver IP66 Ignition & Start
58311-18 –58311-18-BP DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 4 blade Silver IP66 Forward & Reverse
58336 – – SPST On-Off (Lockable) 2 blade Silver IP66 Black Rocker and
Orange Lock
58337 – – DPDT Open-Off-Close 2 blade Silver IP66
Black Rocker with
White Text “Open -
TARP - Close”
L
B
_
B
+
1
2
4
5
Forward-Reverse switch
58312-A2 & A4 58312-R2 & R4 58312-C4 58312-G4 58312-AG
81 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
8
Sealed Rocker Switches
Rocker Switches
58328 Series • 25A Incandescent Pilot Light Rocker
Switches
• Series available with small pilot lights, large pilot lights or unlit
• Dependent or independent illumination
• Faceted lenses are on the actuator
• Matte black finish on the plastic housing, bezel and actuator
• Brass blade or screw terminals available
• See accessories section for bezels and mounting kits
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
0.83"
1.45"
Standard mounting hole
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION ILLUMINATION
LED PILOT LIGHTS
TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
LENS
COLOR 1
LENS
COLOR 2
58328-01 58328-01-BX –
25A at 12V DC
SPST On-Off Independent Red –4 blade Silver IP66
58328-02 – – SPST On-Off Independent Green –4 blade Silver IP66
– – 58328-101-BP SPST On-Off Independent One lens of each color –4 blade Silver IP66
58328-04 58328-04-BX –SPST On-Off Dependent Red –3 blade Silver IP66
58328-11 58328-11-BX –SPST On-Off Dependent Green –3 blade Silver IP66
–58328-12-BX –SPST On-Off Dependent Clear –3 blade Silver IP66
58328-13 58328-13-BX –SPST On-Off Dependent Amber –3 blade Silver IP66
58328-55 – – SPST On-Off Dependent Blue –3 blade Silver IP66
58328-58 – – SPST On-Off Dependent Red –3 blade Silver IP66
58328-62 SPST On-Off Dependent Amber –3 blade Silver IP66
– – 58328-100-BP SPST On-Off Dependent One lens of each color –3 blade Silver IP66
58328-35 58328-35-BX –SPDT On-Off-On Dependent Red Amber 4 blade Silver IP66
– – 58328-103-BP SPDT On-Off-On Dependent One lens of each color 4 blade Silver IP66
58328-01 58328-02
58332 Series • 20A Sealed Rocker Switches
58332 switches are supplied in retail BP only and are supplied with one black and one gray snap-on
actuator. These general-purpose switches are suitable for all kinds of applications.
• They are weather-resistant with contact areas sealed to IP66 (high pressure wash-resistant).
• Recognized at UL 1500 (Ignition protection for marine products). With neoprene gasket/panel seal.
• Conveniently snap into a standard rectangular mounting hole 1.48” x 0.83” (36.8 x 21.1mm) in
panels from 0.09” to 0.19” thick (2.4 x 4.7mm).
• Plastic housing, bezel and actuator.
• Silver contacts, Brass blade terminals.
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
PART NUMBERS RATING POLE & THROW ACTION ILLUMINATION LED PILOT LIGHTS TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING
BOXED LENS COLOR 1 LENS COLOR 2
58332-04-BP
25A at 12V DC
SPST On-Off
Independent
Green Red 4 Blade
Silver UL1500
IP66
58332-20-BP SPST Mom On-Off – – 2 Blade
58332-21-BP SPDT On-Off-On Amber Amber 4 Blade
58332-22-BP SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On – – 3 Blade
58332-23-BP SPDT On-Off-Mom On Amber –3 Blade
58332-25-BP DPDT On-Off-Mom On Amber –7 Blade
58332-26-BP DPDT On-Off-On Amber Amber 7 Blade
58332-27-BP DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On – – 6 Blade
58332-28-BP DPST Mom On-Off – – 5 Blade
58332-29-BP DPST On-Off Amber –5 Blade
58332-30-BP SPDT On-Off-On Amber Amber 4 Blade
58332-31-BP SPDT On-Off-Mom On Amber –4Blade
58332-32-BP DPDT On-Off-Mom On Amber –7 Blade
58332-33-BP DPDT On-Off-On Amber Amber 7Blade
58332-34-BP DPDT On-Off Amber –5Blade
82Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
8
Sealed Rocker Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION ILLUMINATION
LED PILOT LIGHTS
TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING DIAGRAM
page 82
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
LENS
COLOR 1
LENS
COLOR 2
56327-01 56327-01-BX 56327-01-BP
25A at 12V DC
SPST On-Off Dependent Red 3 screw Silver IP66 F
58327-01 58327-01-BX 58327-01-BP SPST On-Off Dependent Red 3 blade Silver IP66 F
58327-06 58327-06-BX 58327-06-BP SPDT On-Off-On Dependent Red Red 4 blade Silver IP66 J
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
56027-01 56027-01-BX 56027-01-BP
25A at 12V DC
SPST On-Off 2 screw Silver IP66 –
58027-01 58027-01-BX –SPST On-Off 2 blade Silver IP66 –
58027-02 58027-02-BX 58027-02-BP SPST Mom On-Off 2 blade Silver IP66 –
58027-03 58027-03-BX 58027-03-BP SPDT On-Off-On 3 blade Silver IP66 –
58027-04 58027-04-BX 58027-04-BP SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 blade Silver IP66 –
58027-06 58027-06-BX –DPST On-Off 4 blade Silver IP66 –
58027-07 58027-07-BX 58027-07-BP DPDT On-Off-On 6 blade Silver IP66 –
58027-08 – – DPDT On-On 6 blade Silver IP66 –
58027-11 58027-11-BX 58027-11-BP DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 blade Silver IP66 –
58027-18 58027-18-BX –DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 4 blade Silver IP66 Forward & Reverse
58327-01 58327-06
58027-01
56027 & 58027 Series • 25A Non-Illuminated Rocker Switches
• Series available with small pilot lights, large pilot lights or unlit
• Matte black finish on the plastic housing, bezel and actuator
• Brass blade or screw terminals available
• See accessories section for bezels and mounting kits
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
56327 & 58327 Series • 25A Small Round Lens Pilot Light Rocker Switches
• Series available with small pilot lights, large pilot lights or unlit
• Dependent or independent illumination
• Faceted lenses are on the actuator
• Matte black finish on the plastic housing, bezel and actuator
• Brass blade or screw terminals available
• See accessories section for bezels and mounting kits
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
L
B
_
B
+
1
2
4
5
Forward-Reverse switch
Dual & Wide Body Rocker Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING
LEFT SWITCH RIGHT SWITCH
TERMINALS BEZEL
WIDTH
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL ACTION ACTUATOR PRINT ACTION ACTUATOR PRINT
54204-01 – – 10A at 12V DC On1-Off-On2 Black Rocker Hi, Lo On1-Off-On2 Black Rocker Hi, Lo 6 Blade Wide
25A Wide Body Dual Rocker Switches
• Two Single Pole switches in one body
• Universal application switches
• Snap-in mounting
• Silver contacts, copper blade terminals
• Black or white actuators, imprinted in contrasting black or white
• Snaps into panel hole 1.0”x1.125” (25.4x28.6mm) and fits panels .030” thru .250” thick (.76 - 6.35mm)
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
83 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
8
Sealed Rocker Switches
Rocker Switches
M-58031 Series • 20A Rocker Switches
• Certified to IP66 for protection against dust and prolonged spray
• Recognized at UL 1500: Ignition Protection for Marine Products
• Neoprene gasket/panel seal with black nylon bezel and black plastic housing
• 20A at 12V DC. Blade terminals, silver contacts
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
58326 Series • 20A Rocker Switches with Pilot Lights
Single or dual pilot lights. Faceted lenses inset into the actuator. Matte black plastic housing, bezel and actuator.
Silver contacts. Internal seal.
• Certified to IP66 for protection against dust and prolonged spray
• Neoprene gasket/panel seal with black nylon bezel and black plastic housing
• 20A at 12V DC. Blade terminals, silver contacts
• Other imprints available upon request. Contact Littelfuse for details
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE & THROW ACTION TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING
BULK BOX RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
M-58031-01 M-58031-01-BX M-58031-01-BP 20A at 12V DC SPST On-Off 2 Blade Silver IP66
M-58031-02 –M-58031-02-BP 20A at 12V DC SPDT On-Off-On 3 Blade Silver IP66
M-58031-04 –M-58031-04-BP 20A at 12V DC DPST On-Off 4 Blade Silver IP66
M-58031-07 –M-58031-07-BP 20A at 12V DC SPST Mom On-Off 2 Blade Silver IP66
M-58031-08 – – 20A at 12V DC SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 Blade Silver IP66
M-58031-09 M-58031-09-BX –20A at 12V DC DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 Blade Silver IP66
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION ILLUMINATION LED PILOT
LIGHT
IMPRINT
TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING
BULK BOX ACTUATOR LENS
SYMBOL
–58326-01-BX 20A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Independent Red None None 4 Blade Silver IP66
58326-06 –20A at 12V DC SPDT On-Off-Mom On Independent Red Override - LVD Auto
Mode - System Off Battery 5 Blade Silver IP66
58326-11 58326-11-BX 20A at 12V DC DPST Off-On-Mom On Independent White Amber - Warning (On)
- Off
SAE lamp
symbol 6 Blade Silver IP66
58326-15 –20A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Independent White On-Interior-Off Dome Light 4 Blade Silver IP66
58326-27 58326-27-BX 20A at 12V DC DPDT On-On-On Independent White Lo/Hi-Pass Heater-Off Fan 8 Blade Silver IP66
58326-29 58326-29-BX 20A at 12V DC DPDT On-On-On Independent White Lo/Hi-Fan-Off Fan 8 Blade Silver IP66
58326-01 58326-06 58326-11
84Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
8
Rocker Switches & Accessories
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE & THROW ACTION TERMINALS
ACTUATOR
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL COLOR ILLUMINATION
54003 54003-BX –10A at 12V DC SPST On-Off 3 Blade Red –
54007 –54007-BP 10A at 12V DC SPDT On-On 3 Blade Black Face - Red Edges –
54010 54010-BX –10A at 12V DC SPDT On-On 3 Blade Black –
54012 54012-BX –10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On 3 Blade Red Lit in ON Position
Rocker Switch Bezel and Mounting Accessories
Snap-in mounting of any regular size switch such as 56027, 58030, 58332, 58311, 58312 or
58328 series.
• Bezels can be arranged in a parallel array of any length. Bezels themselves can snap into a panel,
or be mounted with the bracket mounting kit.
• Mounting hole in panel should be 2.02”W x 1.90”H (51.3 x 48.3mm) for two bezels.
Add 1.03”W (26.2mm) for each additional unit.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
PART NUMBERS
DETAILS NOTES DIMENSIONS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
82159-1 82159-1-BX 82159-1-BP End Bezel Can be used as left or right end Two units are 2.37”W x 2.30”H (60.2 x 58.4mm)
82159-2 82159-2-BX –Center Bezel Can be ganged and used with end bezels Two units are 2.37”W x 2.30”H (60.2 x 58.4mm)
82159-3 82159-3-BX –Independent Bezel Fits Panel Openings: 1.90" x 0.984" (48.3 x 25.0mm) –
98628 98628-BX –Bezel Panel Plug Fits Panel Hole: .83" x 1.45" (21.1 x 36.8mm) Face Dimensions: 1.91" x 0.96" (24.4 x 48.8mm)
– – 82159-02-BP 2 End Bezels, 1 Center Bezel, 1 Plug Bezel Retail Kit –
– – 87167-01-BP 2 Brackets, 1 Brass Stabilizing Rod Bracket Mounting Retail Kit (holds 2 to 6 bezels) Assembled kit mounts on top of or under the panel.
Mounting holes .710”x.235” (18.0x6.7mm)
10A Narrow Body Curved Rocker Switches
• Curved matte finish narrow body rocker switches
• Fits panels .025” through .200” (.64 to 5.2mm)
• Universal application switches
• Snap-in mounting
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
82159-1 82159-2 82159-3 98628 82159-02-BP 87167-01-BP Assembled Example
85 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
8
Standard Heavy Duty Rocker Switches
Rocker Switches
25A Standard Heavy-Duty Rocker Switches with and without Pilot Lights
• Narrow or wide, moisture-resistant plastic, nickel plate or black housings, bezels and actuators
• Snap-in mounting to fit panels
• Brass blade or screw terminals
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches
.23" (5.8mm)
.26"
(6.6mm)
1.75"
(44.5mm)
.12" (3.1mm)
.16"
(4.1mm)
1.57"
(39.9mm)
1.12" (28.4mm)
.90" (22.9mm)
Narrow
Bezel
Wide
Bezel
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION TERMINALS ACTUATOR CONTACTS
BULK BOXED
56000-08 –25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off 2 Screw White Silver
57000-23 57000-23-BX 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off 2 Blade White Silver
57013-08 57013-08-BX 25A at 12V DC DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 Blade White Silver
Plastic Body Part Numbers
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE & THROW ACTION TERMINALS WIDTH COLOR ACTUATOR PILOT LIGHT CONTACTS
BULK BOXED
56000-01 –
25A at 12V DC
SPST On-Off 2 Screw Narrow Nickel Plated White Silver
56000-04 56000-04-BX SPST On-Off 2 Screw Narrow Nickel Plated Black Silver
56300-01 56300-01-BX SPST On-Off 3 Screw Narrow Nickel Plated White •Silver
57000-01 57000-01-BX SPST On-Off 2 Blade Narrow Nickel Plated White Silver
57000-04 –SPST On-Off 2 Blade Narrow Black Black Silver
57000-10 –SPST On-Off 2 Blade Narrow Black Black Silver
57003-01 57003-01-BX SPDT On-Off-On 3 Blade Narrow Nickel Plated White Silver
57004-10 57004-10-BX SPDT Mom-Off-Mom 3 Blade Narrow Black White Silver
57006-01 –DPDT On-Off-On 6 Blade Narrow Nickel Plated White Silver
57006-07 57006-07-BX DPDT On-Off-On 6 Blade Narrow Black White Silver
57007-11 –SPDT On-On-Off 3 Blade Narrow Black Black Silver
57014-03 57014-03-BX DPDT Mom-Off-Mom 4 Blade Narrow Black White Silver
57300-01 57300-01-BX SPST On-Off 3 Blade Narrow Nickel Plated White •Silver
57300-22 57300-22-BX SPST On-Off 3 Blade Narrow Black White Silver
57300-11 57300-11-BX SPST On-Off-On 4 Blade Narrow Black White •Silver
57300-03 57300-03-BX SPST On-Off 3 Blade Narrow Nickel Plated Black •Silver
57300-02 –SPST On-Off 3 Blade Wide Nickel Plated White •Silver
Metal Body Part Numbers
57000-08 57000-23
56000-01 56300-01 57000-01 57000-04 57000-10
86Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
8
FAQ’s Rocker & Toggle Switches
5507
54007
58312-A2 & A4
58312-R2 & R4
M-58031-01
Can I replace the bulb in any of your Toggle or Rocker Switches?
The bulbs are wired inside the Switch and therefore cannot be replaced. We
use a long lasting bulb so the need for bulb replacement is unlikely in a normal
automotive application. We also have LED switches such as 58312 Series that
never need replacement. 58312 Series can be found on page 80.
Can I use your Non-Lighted Toggle or Rocker Switches in 110V AC
applications?
Except for Switches M-493, 5507 and similar Switches, none of our Switches
are officially rated for AC voltage application. While we are confident some
of them can, it is entirely up to the end user to determine their suitability for
such application. M-493 and 5507 cane be found on page 90.
Can I use your Lighted Rocker and Toggle Switches at 110V AC?
No. The lamps inside the Switches have specific voltage ratings.
Can I use your Lighted Rocker and Toggle Switches at 24V DC?
You need to select only the ones rated for 24V because the lights function
only at the designed voltage.
Can I use your Non-Lighted Toggle and Rocker switches at 24V DC?
Yes. If they are rated at 12V, you must reduce the current rating by half to
obtain the same durability.
Can I get any of your Toggle or Rocker Switches modified to meet my special
application?
Yes, in most cases. It is possible we make a suitable item already that isn’t
listed because of its specialized use. Alternatively, we can make it for you.
We have a minimum quantity requirement for special orders.
Do your Lighted Toggle or Rocker Switches have incandescent or LED lamps?
We have both. Contact us if you need a special order with LEDs.
Can I have my company’s imprinting placed on a rocker switch?
Yes. Contact us. If it’s a standard legend or SAE symbol, there’s a chance that
it’s already available.
87 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Dependent or Independent Illumination?
Dependent:
The actuator is illuminated only when the switch is turned on.
Independent:
Illumination is not affected by the actuation of the switch. The illumination can be
switched on or off by another switch, such as headlight or interior lighting controls.
This is especially useful when locating switches in the dark.
What Does SPST or DPST Mean?
The first two letters, SP or DP, refer to single pole or double pole. The second two
letters, ST or DT refer to single throw or double throw.
Pole refers to the number of circuits controlled by the switch. SP switches control
one circuit and DP switches control two independent circuits (which act like two
identical switches that are mechanically linked). Pole is often confused with terminal,
which is a common mistake. Terminals are used for wire connections on the back of
the unit and are specified separately.
Throw refers to the extreme position of the actuator. ST switches close a circuit at
only one position and the other position is off. DT switches close a circuit in the Up
position, as well as the down position and can be configured with two positions (On-
On) or three positions (On-Off-On).
12V, 24V, 36V Ratings
Generally, our 12V non-illuminated toggle switches can be used at higher voltages
(and lower current ratings). By proportional calculation a 25A 12V can be used at 8.3A
at 36V or 12.5A at 24V. This ‘de-rating’ actually gives a conservative result. 25A at 12V
toggles can actually be used at 15A at 24V and 10A at 36V.
Warning: Switches with pilot lights must be used only at the stated voltage, since the
lighting elements function at a specific voltage.
Toggle Switches
88Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
9
Toggle Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING
POLE &
THROW ACTUATOR ACTION ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION COLOR
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
SEALING
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL DOWN CENTER UP
54100 54100-BX 54100-BP
25A at 12V DC
SPST Black Plastic Paddle On-Off – – – – 2 screw
Silver
–
54100-01 –54100-01-BP SPST Black Plastic Paddle On-Off – – – – 2 blade O-ring in
bushing
54101-01 – – SPST Black Plastic Paddle Mom On-Off – – – – 2 blade –
54109 54109-BX 54109-BP SPST Clear Plastic Paddle On-Off Independent or
Dependent White – Red 4 screw O-ring in
bushing
54109-01 54109-01-BX – SPST Black Plastic Paddle On-Off Independent or
Dependent White – Red 4 blade O-ring in
bushing
54103 –54103-BP SPDT Black Plastic Paddle On-Off-On – – – – 3 screw –
54104 54104-BX 54104-BP SPDT Black Plastic Paddle Mom On-Off-Mom On – – – – 3 screw –
54110 – – SPDT Clear Plastic Paddle On-Off-On Independent or
Dependent White White Red 4 screw O-ring in
bushing
54107-01 –54107-01-BP DPDT Black Plastic Paddle On-Off-On – – – – 6 screw –
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE & THROW ACTUATOR ACTION TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
55025 55025-BX 55025-BP
25A at 12V DC
15A at 24V DC
SPST
Nickel-plated brass
handle
On-Off 2 wire
Silver
IP68
55025-01 55025-01-BX 55025-01-BP SPST Mom On-Off 2 wire IP68
55025-02 55025-02-BX 55025-02-BP SPDT On-Off-On 3 wire IP68
55025-03 55025-03-BX 55025-03-BP SPDT On-On 3 wire IP68
55025-04 55025-04-BX 55025-04-BP SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 wire IP68
55025 Series • 25A Sealed Toggle
• Waterproof and dustproof to IP68 standard – allows mounting in demanding or harsh locations
• Bushing, handle and hardware – nickel-plated brass
• Standard handle, 0.60” long (15.3mm)
• Standard mounting panel hole 0.468 – 0.474” diameter (11.9-12.0mm)
• Standard bushing diameter 0.47 (12.0mm) 15/32” thread, 0.32” long (5.8mm)
• Wires: 14AWG (2mm²), 12” long (304.8mm)
• Switch body: 1.24” deep x 0.87” wide x 1.46” high (31.6 x 22.0 x 37.1mm)
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/55025
54100 Series • 25A Standard or Illuminated Toggle Switches
Available in a standard black nylon handle or a lighted clear plastic handle, that is 11/16” (17.5mm) long.
• Mounting stem 15/32”-32 thread, 15/32” (11.9mm) long, fits panels up to 1/8” (31.8mm) thick
• Includes mounting hardware: black metal facenut and nickel-plated hexnut
• Terminals: .250” blade or 6-32 screw
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/54100
3
+
L1
B2
3
1
6
4
3
+
J
L1
B2
3
1
6
4
3
+
L1
B
L2
2
3
1
6
4
3
+2
3
1
6
4
J
L1
B
L2
54109 independent wiring 54109 dependent wiring 54110 independent wiring 54110 dependent wiring
Standard Switch
Illuminated Switch
89 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
9
Toggle Switches
Toggle Switches
25A Heavy Duty Toggle Switches
Standard or long handle. Universal application. Mounting stem is nickel-plated brass 15/32”-32 thread, 15/32” (11.9mm) long, and fits
panels up to 9/32” (7.1mm) except where stated otherwise. Phenolic housing, with plated steel cap.
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches
PART NUMBERS RATING POLE &
THROW
ACTUATOR
LENGTH MATERIAL ACTION TERMINALS CONTACTS PVC COATED O-RING SEAL
BULK BOXED RETAIL
5520 5520-BX 5520-BP
25A at 12V DC,
15A at 24V DC
SPST Standard
Nickel-Plated
Brass
On-Off 2 screw
Silver
•
5582 5582-BX 5582-BP SPST Standard On-Off 2 screw
– - 5582-30-BP SPST Standard On-Off 2 wire
5582-36 – – SPST Standard On-Off Aptiv 12010973
5582-10 5582-10-BX – SPST Standard On-Off 2 wire •
55014 55014-BX 55014-BP SPST Standard On-Off 2 blade
55014-05 55014-05-BX – SPST Standard On-Off 2 blade •
55016-06 – 55016-06-BP SPDT Standard On-Of-On 3 blade
55023 55023-BX – SPST Standard On-Off 2 screw
55055 55055-BX 55055-BP SPST Long On-Off 2 blade
55020 55020-BX 55020-BP SPST Standard Off-Mom On 2 screw
55020-02 – 55020-20-BP SPST Standard Off-Mom On 2 blade
55020-04 55020-04-BX 55020-04-BP SPST Standard Off-Mom On 2 wire • •
5584 5584-BX – SPDT Standard On-On 3 screw
5584-15 – – SPDT Standard On-On 3 wire
5586 5586-BX 5586-BP SPDT Standard On-Off-On 3 screw
55015 55015-BX – SPDT Standard On-On 3 blade
55016 55016-BX – SPDT Standard On-Off-On 3 blade
55036 55036-BX – SPDT Standard On-Off-On 3 wire • •
55021 55021-BX 55021-BP SPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 screw
55021-04 55021-04-BX 55021-04-BP SPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 blade
55021-07 55021-07-BX 55021-07-BP SPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 wire • •
55033-01 55033-01-BX – SPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 blade
55033-02 55033-02-BX – SPDT Long Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 blade
55088 55088-BX 55088-BP SPDT Standard On-Off-Mom On 3 screw
5588 5588-BX 5588-BP DPST Standard On-Off 4 screw
55017 55017-BX – DPST Standard On-Off 4 blade
55017-02 55017-02-BX – DPST Long On-Off 4 blade
5590 5590-BX – DPDT Standard On-On 6 screw
5592 5592-BX 5592-BP DPDT Standard On-Off-On 6 screw
55018 55018-BX – DPDT Standard On-On 6 blade
55019 55019-BX 55019-BP DPDT Standard On-Off-On 6 blade
55054 55054-BX 55054-BP DPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 screw
55054-04 55054-04-BX – DPDT Long Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 screw
55065-02 55065-02-BX – DPDT Long Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 blade
55065-03 55065-03-BX – DPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 blade
55046 55046-BX – DPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 4 blade
55046-04 55046-04-BX – DPDT Long Mom On-Off-Mom On 4 blade
55049-01 55049-01-BX – SPST Long On-Mon-Off 2 blade
–55107-01-BX – SPDT Standard On-0n 9 blade
Standard handle, 11/16" (17.5mm) long. Long handle, 1 1/2" (38.1mm) long. PVC coated housing with wire leads.
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
90Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
9
10A Light Duty Toggle Switches
• Standard handle: 11/16” (17.46mm) long • Ball handle: 3/8” (9.52mm) long
• Mounting stem has 15/32”-32 thread, 15/32” (11.9mm) long, and fits panels up to 9/32” (7.2mm) thick
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW
ACTUATOR
ACTION TERMINALS CONTACTS
BULK BOXED RETAIL TYPE MATERIAL
5507 5507-BX –10A at 12V DC SPST Ball
Nickel-Plated Brass Off-On 2 screw
Silver
5558 5558-BX 5558-BP 10A at 12V DC SPST Standard
Nickel-Plated Brass Off-On 2 screw
Silver
5568 5568-BX –10A at 12V DC SPST Ball
Nickel-Plated Brass Off-On 2x 6” wire leads
Silver
5570 5570-BX –10A at 12V DC SPST Standard
Nickel-Plated Brass Off-On 2x 6” wire leads
Silver
55013 55013-BX –10A at 12V DC SPST Standard
Nickel-Plated Brass Off-On 2 blade
Silver
M-484 M-484-BX M-484-BP 10A at 12V DC SPST Standard
Chrome-Plated Brass Off-On 2 screw
Silver
M-493 –M-493-BP 10A at 12V DC SPST Ball
Chrome-Plated Brass Off-On 2 screw
Silver
M-584 M-584-BX M-584-BP 10A at 12V DC SPST Standard
Chrome-Plated Brass Off-On 2x 6” wire leads
Silver
5507 - Ball Handle
5558 - Standard Handle
Toggle Switches
551800 Series • 30A Extra Heavy Duty Toggle Switches
Universal application. Diecast housing. For stem- or bracket-mounting. 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem,
with keyway.
• Brackets: .170” (4.3mm) diameter holes, 1.72” (43.7mm) on centers
• Fits panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick
• Chrome plated brass handle, 1 1/16” long (27.0mm)
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE & THROW ACTION ACTUATOR TERMINALS CONTACTS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
–551001-BX –
20A at 6-12V DC
SPST Mom On-Off
Chrome-plated
brass handle
2 blade
Silver
–551800-BX –SPST On-Off 2 screw
551802 – – SPDT On-Off-On 3 screw
551840 551840-BX 551840-BP
30A at 6-12V DC
15A at 24-36V DC
SPST On-Off 2 screw
551841 551841-BX –SPST Mom On-Off 2 screw
551842 551842-BX –SPDT On-Off-On 3 screw
551844 551844-BX –SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 screw
–551846-BX –DPDT On-Off-On 6 screw
551849 – – SP3C On-On-Off 4 screw
M-54111 Series • 25A Lighted Tip Toggles
Tip of handle is illuminated Red in the On position,
illuminated Clear in the Off position.
2D Prints and additional information:
littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches
B20 M-54111-01 Diagram
L
4
2
3 6
B
+
B20 M-54111-02 Diagram
B
L1
L2
2
41
3 6
+
M-54111-01 wired for dependent M-54111-02 wired for dependent
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION ACTUATOR ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
COLOR
TERMINALS CONTACTS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL ON OFF
M-54111-01 M-54111-01-BX M-54111-01-BP 25A at 12V DC
SPST On-Off Black plastic handle
w/ illuminated tip
Independent or
Dependent Red White 4 blade Silver
M-54111-02 M-54111-02-BX M-54111-02-BP 25A at 12V DC
SPDT On-Off-On Black plastic handle
w/ illuminated tip
Independent or
Dependent Red White 5 blade Silver
91 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
9
Toggle Switches
Toggle Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE & THROW ACTION ACTUATOR TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
59024-100 59024-100-BX –
25A at 12V DC
SPST On-Off
Black Plastic
Duck Bill Paddle
2 blade
Silver
–
59024-104 – – SPDT On-On 3 blade –
59024-106 59024-106-BX –SPDT On-Off-On 3 blade –
–59024-108-BX –SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 blade –
59024-110 59024-110-BX –DPST On-Off 4 blade –
59024-116 – – DPDT On-On 6 blade –
59024-118 – – DPDT On-Off-On 6 blade –
59024-200 59024-200-BX –SPST On-Off 2 screw –
59024-218 – – DPDT On-Off-On 6 screw –
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION ACTUATOR TERMINALS CONTACTS DUAL
CONTACTS
MOUNTING
BRACKET
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
59024-33 59024-33-BX –
25A at 12V DC
SPST On-Off
Black Plastic
Duck Bill Paddle
2 blade
Silver
• •
59024-35 59024-35-BX –DPST On-Off 4 blade •
59024-36 59024-36-BX –DPDT On-Off-On 6 blade •
59024-38 59024-38-BX –DPDT
Mom On-On-Mom On
6 blade •
59024-12 59024-12-BX –SPST On-Off 2 blade •
59024-14 59024-14-BX –DPST On-Off 4 blade
59024-15 59024-15-BX –DPDT On-Off-On 6 blade
59024 Series • 25A Long Handle “Duck Bill” Toggle Switches
• 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem
• Fits panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick
• Includes mounting hardware: black knurled facenut, hexnut
• Keyway is in the down position. 1” (25.4mm) handle, black plastic, matte finish
• Terminals: .250” blade or 8-32 screw
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches
59024-00 Series • Freightliner Replacement “Duck Bill” Toggle Switches
Black phenolic switch housing with metal cap. Terminals are arranged to match OEM wiring connectors with
or without brackets.
• Fits panels to .093” (2.4mm) with spacer provided, or to .25” (6.4mm) without spacer
• 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem
• Includes mounting hardware: black metal facenut. Keyway is in the down position
• Black plastic 1” (25.4mm) handle, matte finish
• Dual contacts for extra durability
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches
92Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
9
Toggle Switches & Accessories
Specialized Application Toggle Switches
• Specialized toggle switches have specific functions and applications. See the
“APPLICATION NOTES” column below for details
• 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem, .46” (11.9mm) long, mounts in panels up to 9/32”
(7.1mm) thick
• Nickel-plated brass handle: standard .687” (17.5mm) or long 1.5” (38.1mm)
2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW
ACTION ACTUATOR
TERMINALS CONTACTS
APPLICATION NOTES
BULK BOXED/BP UP CENTER DOWN HANDLE
LENGTH MATERIAL
55064 55064-BX 25A at 12V DC DPDT
4-circuit
Park, Tail &
Headlamps Off Park, Tail & Auxil-
iary Lamps Long Nickel-Plated
Brass 6 blade Silver 4-Circuit Headlamp Switch
55071 –25A at 12V DC DP
2-circuit
Mom On B, 1&2
(Day Signaling) On 1&2 Mom Off
(Night Signaling) Standard Nickel-Plated
Brass 3 blade Silver 2-Circuit Marker Lamp
Switch
55015-03 55015-03-BX 25A at 12V DC SPDT On –On Standard Nickel-Plated
Brass 3 blade Silver 3-way Lighting Switch
See Diagrams Below
59071 59071-BX 25A at 12V DC DP Mom On 1. 4&5 On 4&5 Off Standard White Plastic 3 blade Silver Ignition/Start
55093 55093-BX SPDT On On Off Standard Nickel-Plated
Brass 3 blade Silver Two Speed Heater Fan
Toggle Switch
M-597 M-597-BP SPST On –Mom On Standard Nickel-Plated
Brass 3 Leads Silver Marine Safety Switch
Toggle Accessories
PART NUMBERS
DESCRIPTION
BULK BOXED RETAIL
82468 82468-BX – Flip Cover Switch Guard
5543 5543-BX –5558 switch mounted in 5543-15 Recessed Faceplate Switch Guard
5543-15 5543-15-BX –Recessed Faceplate Switch Guard
81255 81255-BX 81255-BP Half-Boot Seal
81264 81264-BX 81264-BP Grey Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse)
81264-01 81264-01-BX 81264-01-BP Black Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse)
81264-05 81264-05-BX –Red Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse)
5543-09 – – 55015-12 switch mounted Recessed Faceplate Switch Guard
81264-02 81264-02-BX –Blue Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse)
81264-07 81264-07-BX –Yellow Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse)
8250 8250-BX –Toggle Switch "ON - OFF" Face Plate Cover
M-598 –M-598-BP Toggle Marine Emergency Lanyard
82468 (Open) 82468 (Closed) 5543 5543-15 81255 81264 81264-01
3- and 4-way Lighting
3-waylighting permits a light (or a set of lights) to
be controlled from two switches usually mounted
in different locations. Similarly, 4-way lighting
enables control from three switch locations.
1
2
3
1
2
3
B
Use two SPDT On-On switches
such as 55015-03 or 55015
3-WAY LIGHTING
+1
4
3
65
1
2
3
2
1
2
3
B
55015
SPDT
55018-01
DPDT
reversing polarity
4-WAY LIGHTING
55015
SPDT
+
* Please inquire about additional bulk quantities
93 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
9
SPST On-Off DPST On-Off
Both load terminals can be energized at the same time. They are independent
of each other and could be of different voltages.
SPDT On-On
Only one of the loads can be energized at a time.
DPDT On-On
Functions like two separate SPDT switches operated by the same actuator.
Only two loads can be On at a time.
SPDT On-Off-On
Only one of the loads can be energized at a time.
DPDT On-Off-On
Functions like two separate SPDT switches operated by the same actuator.
Only two loads can be On at a time.
Switch Reference Guide - SPST, SPDT, DPST, DPDT
SP and DP refer to single pole and double pole, ST and DT refer to single throw and Double throw.
SP: Single Pole, one circuit controlled by the switch.
DP: Double Pole, two independent circuits controlled by the switch which are mechanically linked.
Note: “Pole” should not be confused with “Terminal”. The DPST switch, for example has four terminals however it is a Double Pole
(DP) and not a four pole (4P) switch.
ST: Single Throw, closes a circuit at only one position and with one throw.
DT: Double Throw, closes a circuit in the up or down position (On-On). A Double Throw switch can also have a center position such as
On-Off-On.
The following switch diagrams illustrate the most common types of toggle and rocker switch.
Switch Diagrams
Toggle Switches
94Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
9
Switches without Pilot Lights
SPST Off-ON (2 terminals) SPDT On-Off-On (3 terminals) DPST Off-On (4 terminals) DPDT On-On (6 terminals) DPDT On-Off-On (6 terminals)
Diagram A Diagram B Diagram C Diagram D Diagram E
B
L
1
3
+L1
B
L2
1
2
3
+
L2
B
L1
2
36
5
+B
+
L1
B
L2
+
L3
B
L4
+
1
2
3
4
5
6
L1
B
L2
+
L3
B
L4
+
1
2
3
4
5
6
Diagram A1 –Diagram C1 – –
B
L
2
4
3
+
–
L
L36
B B
14
++
– –
Switches with One Pilot Light
SPST Off-ON – Dependent Illumination (Three terminals) SPST Off-On – Independent Illumination (Four terminals)
SPST Off-On – Independent converted to Dependent (4 terminals)
Connect jumper wire from T3 to T6 and connect T4 to ground
Diagram F Diagram G1 Diagram G2
B
L
2
4
3
+
B
L
2
4
36
+B
L
2
4
36
Jumper
+
Single-Pole (SP) & Double-Pole (DP) Switch Wiring Diagrams
Diagrams represent both momentary contact or maintained contact switches.
Switches with Two Pilot Lights
SPST Off-On with Dependent & Independent Lights
(Four terminals)
SPDT On-Off-On or On-On with Dependent &
Independent Lights (Four terminals)
SPDT On-Off-On or On-On with 2 Independent Lights
(Four terminals)
Diagram H Diagram J Diagram K
B
L
2
4
36
+
L1 1
B
L2
2
4
3
+B
L1
L2 3
2
6
5
41
+
Switch Diagrams
95 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
What Does Momentary Mean?
A momentary switch, also known as a “mom”, is spring-loaded. When pressed the
actuator moves, remove your finger and it returns to its original position. Opposite of
a momentary switch is a maintained contact switch. When the actuator is pressed it
stays in the position until it is pressed in the other direction.
More Momentary Switches in Other Sections
Find more momentary switches (moms) in the following catalog sections.
• Ignition Switches
• Rocker Switches
• Toggle Switches
• Push-Pull Switches
• Rotary Switches
• Foot Operated Switches
Momentary switches operate by pushing a button either by thumb or by the
closing of a door and will remain in their switched state as long as they are being
actuated. Momentary Switches are either “normally Off, spring return to Off” or
“normally On, spring return to On”.
Momentary
Switches
96Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
10
Momentary Push-Button Switches
35A • Heavy Duty Cylindrical Housing Push-Button Switches
For applications to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
MOUNTING
STEM NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL DETAIL CAP
9095 9095-BX –
35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC SPST
Normally Off Chrome Plated Button –2 Screw
Silver
5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long –
9245 9245-BX 9245-BP Normally Off Black Plastic Button Snap-On Black Rubber 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long O-ring Seal
–90036-02-BX –Normally Off Chrome Plated Button –2 Blade 5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long
Fits Delphi (Packard) 2-way
Connector 2973407
9231 9231-BX –Normally Off Recessed Chrome
Plated Button –2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long
Protected Button with
Recessed Design
90030 90030-BX 90030-BP Normally Off Black Plastic Button Screw-On Black Rubber 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long –
90030-01 90030-01-BX –Normally Off Black Plastic Button Screw-On Brown
Oil-Resistant Rubber 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long –
90030-04 90030-04-BX –Normally Off Black Plastic Button Screw-On Red Rubber 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long –
90030-12 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 2 Terminal
Wire
5/8"-32 thread
5/8" long –
90030-24 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread
5/8" long –
90030-33 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black "Push" Cap 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread
5/8" long –
90030-43 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread
5/8" long –
90030-53 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread
5/8" long Assembled
90036-10 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 2 Blade 5/8"-32 thread
5/8" long Horn Imprinted
9216-03 9216-03-BX –Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Screw-On Black Rubber 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread
5/8" long
Gold Dichromate
Dipped Case
9100 9100-BX –Normally Off Chrome Plated Plunger –2 Screw
15/32”-32
thread 9/16”
long
–
9216-10 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap
Aptiv
12010973
(Sealed)
5/8"-32 thread
5/8" long
Sealed Gold Dichromate
Dipped Case
9216 9216-BX –Normally Off Chrome Plated Button –2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread
5/8" long
Sealed Gold Dichromate
Dipped Case
9276-09 9276-09-BX –Normally Off Black Plastic Button Screw-On Black Rubber 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread
21/32” long
Two circuits
simultaneously energized
9238-07 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button –2 Blade 5/8"-32 thread
7/8" long –
90018 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button –2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread
5/8" long –
9095 9245 90036-02 9155 9231 90030
97 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
10
Momentary Push-Button Switches
Momentary Switches
20A • Heavy Duty Rectangular Housing Push-Button Switches for
Mechanical Activation
10A at 24V DC, 20A at 12V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off.
• Steel button protrudes through the cap. Black rubber cap snaps into a special groove
on the nut, which is deep-threaded and gives a positive seal
• Steel button feature is ideal for mechanical actuation
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS MOUNTING
STEM
GASKET
SEAL NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL DETAIL CAP
90043 90043-BX –20A at 12V DC
10A at 24V DC SPST Off-On Off Steel
Plunger
Snap-On
Black Rubber 2 Blade 5/8”-32 thread
.625” long •
Fits Delphi (Packard)
2-Pole Connector
2977647
90043-07 90043-07-BX –20A at 12V DC
10A at 24V DC SPST Off-On Off Steel
Plunger
Snap-On
Black Rubber
2x 7” wire
leads
5/8”-32 thread
.625” long •PVC-Coated
90043-31 90043-31-BX –20A at 12V DC
10A at 24V DC SPST Off-On Off Steel
Plunger
Snap-On
Black Rubber 2 Wire 5/8”-32 thread
.625” long •Hencol Sealed Body
90043 90043-07
10A • Heavy Duty Rectangular Housing Push-Button Switches
For applications up to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING
POLE &
THROW
ACTION
NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS MOUNTING STEM NOTES
BULK BOXED DETAIL CAP
–9044-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button –2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 1.06” long Gasket Seal
9023 9023-BX
15A Resistive, 10A Inductive at 12V DC
8A Resistive, 5A Inductive at 24V DC
SPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button –2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread .87” long –
9238 9238-BX
15A Resistive, 10A Inductive at 12V DC
8A Resistive, 5A Inductive at 24V DC
SPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button –2 Blade 5/8”-32 thread .87” long –
9115 9115-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST On-Off On Chrome Plated Button –2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 7/8” long –
9211 9211-BX 10A at 12V DC DPST On-Off On White Plastic .33"Ø Button –4 Blade 7/16”-20 thread
Commonly used in school bus
stepwell and door control
9109 9109-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Shaft has 3/32" hole for
cable or lever attachment –2 Screw ½”-20 thread 5/8” long Pull On,
Spring Return to Off
9212 9212-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST On-Off On ½” Plunger Nylon Cap 2 Blade 7/16”-20 thread ½” long Brass Contacts
9165 9165-BX 10A at 12V DC DPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button –3 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 21/32” long 2 steel hexnuts and facenut
on stem
91126 91126-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-Mom
On Off Chrome Plated Plunger –2 Wire 7/16”-20 thread 7/16” long –
92116 92116-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Plunger Black Cap 2 Blade 5/8”-32 thread 1” long Hencol Sealed
90002 90002-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST On-Mom
Off On Chrome Plated Button –2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread 1.25" long –
91109-03 –20A at 12V DC
10A at 24V DC DPST On-On On Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 4 Wire 5/8"-32 thread ¾" long
Cir. A Normally On, Cir. A Off/
Cir. B On when depressed
(spring return to A On).
9044 9023 9115 9211 9109 9212
Horn Push Buttons
Surface and clamp mount push-button horn switches. Clamp mount allows attachment on a steering
column up to 1-1/2" (38.1mm) diameter.
PART NUMBERS
RATING TYPE SIZE DETAIL TERMINALS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
96101 96101-BX – 5A at 12V DC Surface Mount 13/16"Ø Black Plastic 2 Screw
96101
98Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
10
10A • PVC-Coated Heavy Duty Rectangular Housing Push-Button Switches
For applications to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off.
• Corrosion-resistant brass case
• PVC-Coated body sealed against moisture and dirt, with black rubber snap-on cap (407-03)
• Fits panels up to 1/2” (12.7mm) thick
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS MOUNTING STEM PVC-COATED
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL DETAIL CAP
M-608 M-608-BX M-608-BP 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Brass Button Rubber 2 wire leads 5/8”-32 thread 15/16” long •
Momentary Push-Button Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING
POLE &
THROW
ACTION
NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR TERMINALS MOUNTING STEM FITS PANELS NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
CLAMSHELL
M-490 M-490-BX M-490-BP
35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC
10A at 36V DC
SPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button 2 screw 5/8"-32 thread 1-3/8" long 1" (25.4mm) thick –
M-612 M-612-BX M-612-BP SPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button 2 screw 5/8"-32 thread 1-3/8" long 1" (25.4mm) thick With Protected Bezel
M-626 M-626-BX M-626-BP SPST Off-On Off Black Rubber Cap (407-03) 2 screw 5/8"-32 thread 1-3/8" long 1" (25.4mm) thick Same as M-490, but
with snap-on cap
M-626-02 M-626-02-BX M-626-02-BP SPST Off-On Off Black Rubber Cap
(83280-03) 2 screw 5/8"-32 thread 1-3/8" long 1" (25.4mm) thick –
M-485 M-485-BX M-485-BP
10A at 12V DC
SPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long ¾" (19.1mm) thick Gasket Seal
M-492 M-492-BX M-492-BP SPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long 1" (25.4mm) thick –
M-524 – – SPST Off-On Off Black Rubber Cap (407-03) 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long ¾" (19.1mm) thick Gasket Seal
M-914-01 M-914-01-BX –SPST Off-On On Chrome Plated Button 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long ¾" (19.1mm) thick –
M-626 M-485
Engine Start / Engine Stop Buttons
• Diecast housing, with knurled aluminum facenut
• Two screw terminals with lockwashers
• Mounting stem 7.8”-24 thread, keyed to prevent turning, fits panels .04” - .10” thick (1.0 - 2.5mm)
• Impact-resistant molded plastic button with white imprint, repels oil, water and other liquids
• 2 7/32”L x 1 1/8”D (50.8 x 28.6 x 3.18mm)
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION NORMAL
POSITION DETAIL
IMPRINT
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
MOUNTING
STEM
SEALING
BULK BOXED
90047 90047-BX
35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC
SPST Off-On Off Black Plastic Button Start 2 Screw Silver 7/8”-24 thread –
90047-01 90047-01-BX SPST Off-On Off Black Plastic Button Start 2 Screw Silver 7/8”-24 thread Built-In Seal Around Lip
90048 90048-BX SPST Off-On Off Red Plastic Button Stop 2 Screw Silver 7/8”-24 thread –
90048-01 90048-01-BX SPST Off-On Off Red Plastic Button Stop 2 Screw Silver 7/8”-24 thread Built-In Seal Around Lip
90047
5A • Compact Design Buttons
• Moisture-resistant molded plastic case
• Snaps into .80 - .85” (20.3 - 21.6mm) diameter hole. Fits panels .03 - .07” thick (.76 - 1.8mm)
• Normally off black, white or red button compact switch
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION NORMAL
POSITION DETAIL TERMINALS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
9075 9075-BX –
5A at 12V DC SPST
On-Mom Off On Black Plastic 9/16" long 2 Female Bullet
9187-02 – 9187-02-BP Off-Mom On Off Red Button 2 Blade
9187 9187-BX 9187-BP Off-Mom On Off Black Button 2 Blade
9075
35-10A • Heavy Duty Marine-Grade Push-Button Switches
For applications to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off
Designed for universal applications within harsh environments. Their mounting, body,
and actuator features are designed for ease-of-use and extended product lifecycle.
With heavy duty brass bodies, the Marine Push Pull Switches are designed for circuit
control within the Marine environment.
99 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
10
Threaded and Push Button Caps
• Threaded rubber cap is permanently fastened to the integral mounting nut by a rolled brass bezel
• Snap-on rubber caps feature ribs on the inside of the rubber cap engage with the switch facenut
PART NUMBERS
TYPE COLOR IMPRINT NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
83280 83280-BX – Screw-On - 5/8"-32 threads Grey PUSH –
83280-02 83280-02-BX – Screw-On - 5/8"-32 threads Red PUSH –
83280-03 83280-03-BX 83280-03-BP Screw-On - 5/8"-32 threads Black PUSH –
83280-05 83280-05-BX – Screw-On - 5/8"-32 threads Brown PUSH Molded from Hydrin which is more
resistant to fuel and oils
407-01 – – Snap-On Grey PUSH Snaps on to 83261 face nut
407-02 – – Snap-On Red PUSH Snaps on to 83261 face nut
407-03 407-03-BX 407-03-BP Snap-On Black PUSH Snaps on to 83261 face nut
83280 83280-03
83280-02
407-01 407-03
Momentary Switches
Momentary Push-Button Switches
Momentary Door Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING
POLE &
THROW POSITIONS
ACTION NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS CASE CONTACTS MOUNTING
BULK BOXED DETAIL LENGTH
91800 91800-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST 3 Mom Off-On-
Pull Off On Button 7/32” On
3/4” Off 2 Screw Plated
Steel Silver 7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
91050 91050-BX – TPTT 2 On-Mom Off On Button 3/10" 8 Blade Plated
Steel Silver 7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
10A • Specialized Door Momentary Switches
91811 91800
Mom Off
On Off
PART NUMBERS
RATING
POLE & THROW
ACTION
NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
CASE
CONTACTS
MOUNTING
BULK BOXED
DETAIL
LENGTH
DIA.
9001 9001-BX
5A at 12V DC
SPST
On-Mom Off
Normally On
Rounded
7/16"
45/64”
2 Screw
Plated Steel
Silver
Two 9/64ӯ Mounting Holes
1-3/8” on Center
9050-01 9050-01-BX 1 Screw Two 9/64ӯ Mounting Holes
1-3/8” on Center
9270 9270-BX 2 Blade Two 9/64ӯ Mounting Holes
1-3/8” on Center
- 9087-BX 2 Screw Four 3/16ӯ Mounting Holes
1-3/8” and 2-1/16” on Center
- 9002-BX
Off-Mom On
Normally Off
2 Screw Two 9/64ӯ Mounting Holes
1-3/8” on Center
9269 9269-BX 2 Blade Two 9/64ӯ Mounting Holes
1-1/2” on Center
5A • Door Momentary Switches with Faceplate
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches
9001 / 9002 9087
9270 / 9269
• Designed for 8 light warning systems in school buses.
• 91811: Two circuits, progressive plunger travel alternates the circuits.
• 91800: Pull out feature permits circuit to be shut
off manually when the door must remain open
but flashing lights operation is not required.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches
100Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
10
Momentary Door Switches
Momentary Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING
POLE &
THROW POSITIONS
ACTION NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS CASE CONTACTS MOUNTING
BULK BOXED DETAIL LENGTH
9055 9055-BX 10A at 12V DC
SPST 2
On-Mom Off
On
Shaft 1/2"
2 Screw Plated
Steel Silver
7/16”-20 thread, 7/16”long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
9264 9264-BX 10A at 12V DC Button 1/2" 7/16”-20 thread, 7/16”long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
9264-04 – – Button 7/16" –
9264-02 9264-02-BX 10A at 12V DC Button 1/2” 7/16”-20 thread, 7/8”long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
9003 9003-BX 5A at 12V DC Rounded 3/32" 1/2”-20 thread 1/14” long
9055-08 – 20A at 12V DC Off Shaft 1/2" 2 Blade 7/16”-20 thread, 7/8”long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
PART NUMBERS
RATING
POLE &
THROW POSITIONS
ACTION NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS CASE CONTACTS
MOUNTING
BULK BOXED DETAIL LENGTH
9118 9118-BX 10A at 12V DC DPST 2 On-Mom Off On Button 19/64” 4 Screw
Plated
Steel Silver
7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
91801 91801-BX 10A at 12V DC DPST 2 On-Mom Off On Button 19/64” 4 Blade
9180 9180-BX 10A at 12V DC DPST 2 Off-Mom On Off Button 15/32” 4 Screw
9118-04 9118-04-BX 10A at 12V DC DPST 2 On-Mom Off On Button 19/64” 4 Screw 7/8”-20 thread, 7/8” long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
PART NUMBERS
RATING
POLE & THROW
ACTION
NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
CASE
CONTACTS
MOUNTING
BULK BOXED DETAIL LENGTH
91812 91812-BX
5A at 12V DC
SPST
On-Mom Off
Normally Grounded
Rounded 33/64” 1 Blade
Plated Steel
Silver
7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long
Two Flats for Double-D Mounting
91812-02 –Chrome Plated
Plunger
1 Blade
1Wire
10-5A • SPST • Door Momentary Switches
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches
10A • DPST • Door Momentary Switches
• Energizes two circuit simultaneously.
• Popular for use in school bus stepwell and door control.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches
9264 9003
9118/9180 91801
5A • Normally Grounded Single Circuit Door Momentary Switches
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches
91812
PART NUMBERS
RATING
POLE & THROW
ACTION
NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
CASE
CONTACTS
MOUNTING
BULK BOXED
DETAIL
LENGTH
DIA.
9270-01 9270-01-BX 5A at 12V DC
SPST
On-Mom Off
Normally On
Round Black
Rubber Cap
.436”
.70”
2 PVC
Coated 8”
Wire Leads
Plated Steel
Silver
Two .144ӯ Mounting
Holes 1-1/2” on Center
5A • Sealed Door Momentary Switches with Faceplate
• Sealed Plunger and wire leads.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches
9270-01
101 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
.
Push-Pull, Rotary
& Foot Switches
What is the Difference Between Push-Pull,
Rotary & Foot Switches?
Push-Pull switches operate by pushing or pulling the actuator depending on
the configuration of the switch.
Rotary switches are activated by a manual rotation of the actuator into two or
three positions.
Foot switches are mounted on or through the floorboard for hands free operation
of the application
What is Dynamic Parking in Wiper Switches?
Windshield wiper switch engineers call the feature ‘dynamic parking’ when the
windshield wiper switch actively returns the wiper to home position, rather than
waiting until the cycle reaches home.
102Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
11
5007 5011 50001 50046 5050 5066 50082
M-482 M-606 M-628 M-530 M-527 M-531 M-630 M-532
Push-Pull Switches
One and Two Circuit Push-Pull Switches
Marine Grade • One, Two & Three Circuit Push-Pull Switches
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE RATING
CIRCUITRY
TYPE NORMAL
POSITION ACTUATOR KNOB TERMINALS CONTACTS HOUSING
MOUNTING STEM
NOTES
BULK BOXED
MATERIAL
SIZE
5007 5007-BX
6-36V DC
10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Tan Plastic
(10-32 metal thread) 2 screw Copper Plated
Steel
Aluminum
3/8”-32 thread
5/8” long –
5011 5011-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Chrome 2 screw Copper Plated
Steel
Steel
½”-20 thread
5/8” long –
50070 50070-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Chrome 2 blade Silver Plated
Steel
Steel
½”-20 thread
5/8” long –
50001 50001-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Black Plastic
(10-32 metal thread) 2 screw Silver Plated
Steel
Brass
½”-20 thread
5/8” long –
50002 50002-BX 20A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Integral
Chrome Brass 2 screw Silver Plated
Steel
Brass
½”-20 thread
5/8” long –
50066 50066-BX 20A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Black Plastic
(10-32 metal thread) 2 screw Silver Plated
Steel
Brass
½”-20 thread
5/8” long
O-Ring stem seal & Gasket
Sealed Terminal Insulator
50046 50046-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST On-Off On Black Plastic
(10-32 metal thread) 2 screw Copper Plated
Steel
Aluminum
3/8”-32 thread
5/8” long –
50046-09 –10A at 12V DC SPST On-Off On Plunger 2 screw Copper Plated
Steel
Aluminum
3/8”-32 thread
5/8” long –
5050 –20A at 12V DC DPST On-Off Off Black Plastic "Lights"
(10-32 metal thread)
2 screw
& 1 stud Silver Plated
Steel
Steel
½”-20 thread
5/8” long
Includes 30A
Circuit Breaker
50082 50082-BX 8A at 12V DC SPDT
Off-On1-On2
–Integral
Chrome 3 blade Copper Plated
Steel
Steel
½”-20 thread
5/8” long
Energize two circuits
from a common feed
50088 50088-BX 8A at 12V DC TPTT
Off-On-Off
On Steel Plunger 3 screw Sliver Plated
Steel
Aluminum
7/16"-28 thread
5/16" long –
91812-02 –5A at 12 V DC SPST
On-Mom Off
On Chrome Plunger 1 blade &
1 wire Silver Plated
Steel
Steel
7/16"-20 thread
7/16" long –
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE RATING
CIRCUITRY
TYPE NORMAL
POSITION
ACTUATOR
KNOB TERMINALS CONTACTS HOUSING GASKET
SEALED
MOUNTING STEM
BULK BOXED RETAIL
MATERIAL
SIZE
M-482 M-482-BX M-482-BP 6-36V DC 10A at
12V DC SPST Off-On Off Chrome Brass 2 screw –Brass •Brass 3/8"-32
1 ¼" long
M-606 M-606-BX M-606-BP 6-36V DC 10A at
12V DC SPST Off-On Off Chrome Brass
(10-32 thread)
2 copper
12" wires –Brass - PVC
Coated Brass 3/8"-32
1 ¼" long
M-628 M-628-BX M-628-BP 6-36V DC 10A at
12V DC SPST Off-On Off Chrome Brass
(10-32 thread) 2 screw –Brass Brass 3/8"-32
1 ¼" long
M-530 M-530-BX –6-36V DC 10A at
12V DC SPST On-Off On Chrome Brass 2 screw –Brass •Brass 3/8"-32
1 ¼" long
M-527 –M-527-BP 6-36V DC 10A at
12V DC SPST On-Off Off Chrome Brass 3 screw –Brass Brass 3/8"-32
1 ¼" long
M-531 M-531-BX M-531-BP 6-36V DC 10A at
12V DC SPST On-On-Off Off Chrome Brass
(10-32 thread) 3 screw –Brass Brass 3/8"-32
1 ¼" long
M-630 M-630-BX –6-36V DC 10A at
12V DC SPDT On-On Off Chrome Brass 3 screw –Brass Brass 3/8"-32
1 ¼" long
M-532 M-532-BX M-532-BP 6-36V DC 10A at
12V DC SPDT Off-On1-On2 Off Chrome Brass
(10-32 thread) 4 screw –Brass Brass 3/8"-32
1 ¼" long
M-476 M-476-BX M-476-BP 6-36V DC 10A at
12V DC SPDT Off-On1-
On1&2 Off Chrome Brass 3 screw –Brass Brass 3/8"-32
1 ¼" long
103 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
11
Push-Pull Switches
Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches
Push-Pull Headlamp Switches
• Three knob pull positions: In – Mid – Out
• In = Headlamps Off
• Mid = Parking Lights and Tail Lights On
• Out = Headlights and Tail Lights On
Additional information: littelfuse.com/PushPullSwitches
PART NUMBERS
RATING PER
CIRCUIT
POSITIONS
TYPE
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS CONTACTS HOUSING MOUNTING
STEM NOTES
BULK BOXED KNOB IMPRINT
7124 7124-BX 15A at 12V DC
3
In-Mid-Out Black
Plastic Lights 4 screw Copper Plated
Steel 7/16"-28 –
7124-06 7124-06-BX In-Mid-Out Black
Plastic Lights 4 screw Bronze Plated
Steel 7/16"-28
72100 72100-BX 20A at 12V DC In-Mid-Out Black
Plastic Lights 4 screw Silver Diecast 7/16"-28 O-Ring Seal in Stem & Gasket Sealed
Terminal Insulator
7152 7152-BX 15A at 12V DC In-Mid-Out Ivory
Plastic Lights 4 screw Silver Plated
Steel 3/8'-24 –
7157 7157-BX 30A at 12V DC
with Breaker In-Mid-Out Ivory
Plastic Lights 3 screw Silver Plated
Steel 7/16"-28 Includes 30A Circuit Breaker
7127 7127-BX 20A at 12V DC
with Fuse In-Mid-Out Black
Plastic Lights 4 screw Copper Plated
Steel 7/16"-28 Includes 20A Glass Fuse
71092 71092-BX 15A at 12V DC with
Internal Breaker In-Mid-Out None None 8 blade†–Plated
Steel 7/16”-28 4.5 Ω with Internal
15A Circuit Breaker
71092-02 71092-02-BX 15A at 12V DC with
Internal Breaker In-Mid-Out None None 8 blade†–Plated
Steel 7/16”-28 4.5 Ω with Internal
15A Circuit Breaker
7112 7112-BX 10A at 12V DC 4In-Mid1-Mid2-Out Tan
Plastic Lights 5 screw Copper Plated
Steel 3/8'-24 –
7124 72100 7152 7157 7127 71092-02 7112
†Accepts Delphi 2977645 or 2984169
68028 50036 50203 9576
Specialized Push-Pull Switches
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
POSITIONS
TYPE ACTUATOR
KNOB
TERMINALS
CONTACTS
HOUSING
MOUNTING STEM
NOTES
BULK BOXED MATERIAL SIZE
68028 68028-BX 12V DC 3Off-Hi-Lo
Ivory Plastic
(10-32 Metal Thread)
Gold Imprint: Lights
2 screw Copper Plated Steel
(1-13/16”x 1-19/32”x ½”) Steel 7/16”-28 thread
5/16” long
Heater switch
3Ω coil resistance
50036 50036-BX 12V DC 2On-On (DPST) Red Plastic 1-¼" Ø 3 female
bullet Copper Zinc with Rubber Boot – –
Two-speed axle switch to mount
on gear shift lever
Accepts 40102 connector
50203 –10A at 12V
36V DC max 2
In-Off
(Magneto Switch Grounded)
Out-Run (Magneto Switch Open)
Integral Nickel Plated 1 screw Copper Plated Steel Aluminum 3/8”-32 thread
5/8” long
Magneto Switch,
Out-Run
9576 9576-BX 12V DC 2Off-Ign/Acc-Ign/Start
10A Acc, 5A Ign, 5A Start Black Plastic 4 screw Copper Plated Steel Steel 3/8"-24 thread
Battery ignition and
starter switch -
spring return to Ign/Acc
9011 9011-BX – 2 Off-Start Chrome Plated Button 2 scew Copper Plated Steel Steel 1"-22 thread
17/32" long Engine Start / Engine Stop Button
104Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
11
Rotary Switches
Rheostat Switches
Ceramic insulator with embedded coil for effective heat dissipation.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches
Off
Bright, High
Dim/Low
I3 Various Switch Diagram
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE RESISTANCE POSITIONS
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS HOUSING MOUNTING
STEM DIMENSIONS
BULK BOXED KNOB IMPRINT
7493 7493-BX 12V DC 8 Ohms 3Black Plastic Bar Knob –2 screw Plated Steel 7/16”-28
15/32” long
1.32”Ø .88” long
(33.5mm Ø
22.4mm long)
7493-07 –12V DC 8 Ohms 3Black Plastic Bar Knob Panel Lamps 2 screw Plated Steel
Heater-Defroster Switches
Coil embedded in ceramic insulator for effective heat dissipation.
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE RESISTANCE POSITIONS TYPE ACTUATOR TERMINALS MOUNTING HOLE
BULK BOXED
68362 68362-BX 12V DC 3 Ohms 4Off-High-Medium-Low Black Plastic Bar Knob 2 screw 5/8" Through-Hole
Universal Rotary Switches
In a full range of styles and circuitries for lighting, ignition and similar applications.
• For forward-reverse operation of a motor, to give a motion such as Up/Down, Left/Right, In/Out, Rotate/Counter-rotate
• Suitable for control of tailgates, winches, windlasses, snowplows and other applications
Additional information: littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches
PART NUMBERS
RATING
CIRCUITRY
POSITIONS
SWITCH
TYPE TYPE ACTUATOR
TERMINALS
HOUSING
MOUNTING
STEM NOTES
BULK BOXED
9500 9500-BX
10A at 12V DC SPST 2 – Off-On Lever 2 screw Plated
Steel ½"-20 Compact Case
24054 –
10A at 12V DC SPST 3 – On1-Off-On2 Lever 3 screw Plated
Steel ½"-20 –
75701 75701-BX
20A at 12V DC – 3 Reverse On1-Off-On2 Lever 3 screw Plated
Steel 7/16”-28
–
72171-02 –
20A at 12V DC – 3 Rotary Off-On-On Black Knob
(Fan Icon) 6 blade Copper 11/32"-12
Universal rotary
or fan control types
of products
75602-10 –
24V DC – 4 – – Aptiv 2977042
6 Way
Male
Connector
Diecast 13/16"-24 –
90005-01 90005-01-BX
15A at 12V DC DPDT 3Reverse On (Reverse); Off; On
(Forward) Lever 4 screw Plated
Steel ½"-20 Spring Return to Off
75705-01 75705-01-BX
10A at 12V DC – 3 Momentary Mom On1-Off-Mom On2 Key with Coded
Tumbler Lock 3 screw Plated
Steel 13/16"-24
Internal O-Ring Seal;
Spring Return to Off
from Both Positions
90005-03 90005-03-BX
15A at 12V DC DPDT 3Reversing Off (Reverse)-Off-On
(Forward)
Key with Coded
Tumbler Lock 4 screw Plated
Steel 13/16"-24 O-Ring Seal in Stem
75712-04 75712-04-BX
50A at 12V DC DPDT 3Momentary
Reversing
Mom Off (Reverse)-Off-
Mom On (Forward) Lever 4 screw
3/32" thick
Plated
Steel ½"-20 High Amp
Silver Contacts
9500 24054 75705-01 95005-03 75712-04
C5 Light Switch Diagram
Off
On
C7 Light Switch Diagram
Off
On On
Battery
& Left
Battery
& Right
Off
Mom. On Mom. On
D13 Ignition Switch Diagram
Off
Both positions
spring return to
OFF position
On
Reverse
A & D
B & C
On
Forward
A & C
B & D
Off
Both positions
spring return to
OFF position
Off
Reverse
A1 & B1
A2 & B2
On
Forward
A1 & B2
A2 & B1
105 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
11
OFF/
PARK
ON, Long Delay 15 sec
Intermittent
Delay
ON, Short Delay 2 sec
LOW SPEED
HIGH SPEED
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
POSITIONS
CONNECTOR HOUSING DIMENSIONS
DYNAMIC
PARKING
PUSH-TO-
WASH
NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
75600 – – 12V DC
4
Delphi 2965977 8-way
female connector
Diecast 2 7/32” x 2 7/32” x 1 13/16”
(56.4mm x 56.4mm x 46.0mm)
• • –
75600-01 75600-01-BX –12V DC
Delphi 6294544 4-way male
and Delphi 2977042 6-way
male connectors
•†Controls two motors in phase
at the same speed
75600-02 75600-02-BX –12V DC Delphi 2977042 6-way male
connector • • –
75600-04 75600-04-BX –12V DC Color-coded leads • • –
75600-05 – – 12V DC
Delphi 6294544 4-way male
and Delphi 2977048 4-way
female connectors
• • –
75600-07 75600-07-BX –12V DC 7 pole connector • • –
75602-02 – – 24V DC
Delphi 6294544 4-way male
and Delphi 2977042 6-way
male connectors
•†Controls two motors in phase
at the same speed
75600-25 – – 12V DC 6Six Pin AMP Connector
#640585-1 • –
75601-14 75601-14-BX –12V DC
5
Delphi (Packard) 8-way male
connector 2965972 (mates
with 2965977).
•Controls one or two motors
75603-09 – – 24C DC Nine Pin AMP 1-480707-0
Connector • –
Electronic Windshield Wiper Switches
Universal application. For stem- or bracket-mounting. 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem, with keyway.
• Intermittent delay feature for permanent magnet electric wiper motors
• Negative ground only
• Four positions: Off/Park - Intermittent Range - Low - High
• 7/16”-28 x .45” (11.3mm)
• Round black plastic, white imprinted knob with metal insert and set screw included unless noted otherwise
• Controls single motor unless noted otherwise
• Conforms to SAE J1455, SAE J112a, and SAE J234
Additional information: littelfuse.com/WiperSwitches
Rotary Wiper Switches
Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches
† = with or without dynamic parking (based on motor capabilities)
106Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
11
Rotary Wiper Switches
Electric Windshield Wiper Switches
Universal application. For through hole and panel mounting. 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem, with keyway.
• Three positions: Off/Park - Low - High
• 7/16”-28 x .45” (11.3mm) mounting stem unless noted otherwise
• Round black plastic, white imprinted knob with metal insert and set screw included unless noted otherwise
• Controls single motor unless noted otherwise
Additional information: littelfuse.com/WiperSwitches
PART NUMBERS
VOLTAGE
POSITIONS
TERMINALS HOUSING MOUNTING STEM DIMENSIONS
DYNAMIC
PARKING
PUSH-TO-
WASH
NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
68159-05 68159-05-BX
–12V DC 35 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm)
No electrical break
between positions
75212-04 75212-04-BX –12V or
24V DC 34 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm) • –
75217-04 – – 12V or
24V DC 36 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm)
Controls two
motors
75221-06 75221-06-BX –12V DC 34 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm)
Internal 6A
circuit breaker
75221-09 75221-09-BX –12V DC 35 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm) •Internal 6A
circuit breaker
75226 75226-BX –12V or
24V DC 37 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8”
(34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm) •Controls two
motors
75228-03 75228-03-BX –12V or
24V DC 36 blade Diecast 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 5/8” Ø
(41.3mm Ø) • • –
75228-04 75228-04-BX –12V or
24V DC 35 blade Diecast 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 5/8” Ø
(41.3mm Ø) • –
75236 75236-BX –12V or
24V DC 38 blade Diecast 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 5/8” Ø
(41.3mm Ø) • • Controls two
motors
Wiper Switch Accessories
PART NUMBERS IMPRINT FACE DIAMETER MATERIAL
BULK BOXED
81298-02 81298-02-BX SAE wiper symbol 1 3/16” Ø Black plastic
81298-34 81298-34-BX SAE wiper-washer symbol 1 3/16” Ø Black plastic
81298-02 81298-34
107 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
11
Rotary Headlamp Switches
Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches
Foot Operated Turn Switches
Depress to On, spring return to Off. Two switches are needed for left and right turn signals.
Plastic-coated, providing protection against moisture, dust and roadsplash.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/FootSwitches
PART NUMBERS
CIRCUITRY TYPE NORMAL
POSITION TERMINALS HOUSING
MOUNTING STEM
SIZE NOTES
BULK BOXED TYPE HOLES
7792 7792-BX
SPST
Off-On Normally Off 2 screw Diecast PVC
Coated
Through-
Floorboard
3x ¼”-20 tapped holes
¾” and 1-¾” on centers 7/8" Ø Sealed
7792-01 7792-01-BX Depress to On,
spring return to Off. Normally Open 2 Screw Diecast PVC
Coated
Through-
Floorboard
3x ¼”-20 tapped holes
¾” and 1-¾” on centers 7/8" Ø –
7792-03 –On-Off Normally Open 2 Wire Leads Diecast PVC
Coated
Through-
Floorboard
3x ¼”-20 tapped holes
¾” and 1-¾” on centers 7/8" Ø –
7785 7792
Headlamp Dimmer Switches
• For variable intensity control of lighting applications
• For use in negative ground systems
• Black plastic knob with metal insert and set screw
• Knob imprinted in white with SAE variable symbol
• Diecast case: 1 9/16”Ø (39.7mm) by .883” (22.4mm) long
Additional information: littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches
PART NUMBERS
RATING DUTY CYCLE CONNECTOR
CASE
MOUNTING STEM
BULK BOXED RETAIL MATERIAL DIMENSIONS
74600-02 –74600-02-BP 4A at 12V DC 0-100%
3 wire (Load, Battery & Ground)
Delphi 2984378 connector
on 3" (76.2mm) leads
Diecast 1 9/16” Ø x .883”
39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm
7/16”-28 thread
.45” (11.4mm) long
74601-01 74601-01-BX 74601-01-BP 7A at 12V DC 1-99% 2 wires (Load & Battery)
1 25/32” (45.2mm) long Diecast 1 9/16” Ø x .883”
39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm
7/16”-28 thread
.45” (11.4mm) long
74603 74603-BX –6A at 12V DC 1-99%
2 wires 2” (50.8mm) long
two AMP connectors (load
480054-3, battery 480053-3)
Diecast 1 9/16”Ø x .883”
39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm
7/16”-28 thread
.45” (11.4mm) long
74601-06 – – 7A at 14.7V DC 18% - 45%
+/- 5% TYCO Terminal #3-520106-2 Plated Steel 1 9/16” Ø x .883”
39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm
7/16”-28 thread
.45” (11.4mm) long
74601-12 – – 7A at 14.7V DC –2 Terminated Wire TE
Connectivity 3-520106-2 Plated Steel 1 9/16” Ø x .883”
39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm
7/16”-28 thread
.45” (11.4mm) long
74600-02 74601-01
72079-01
Rotary Headlamp Switches
Additional information: littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches
PART NUMBERS RATING PER
CIRCUIT POSITIONS
ACTUATOR
TERMINALS CONTACTS HOUSING MOUNTING
STEM NOTES
BULK KNOB IMPRINT
72079-01 20A at 12V DC 4Black Plastic SAE Headlight Symbol 5 screw Silver Plated Steel 5/8"-32 thread O-Ring Seal in Stem
C1 Light Switch Diagram
Off
Hazard
Hazard, Headlamps &
Dash Lamps, Tail Lights
Headlamps & Dash Lamps,
Working Lights
Foot Operated Switches
108Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
11
Foot Operated Switches
PART NUMBERS
CIRCUITRY
TYPE TERMINALS
CONNECTOR
HOUSING
MOUNTING
STEM
SIZE
BULK BOXED TYPE HOLES
7700 7700-BX
SPDT
On-On 3x 16 AWG
(5.75" long) –PVC Coated
Diecast
Through-
Floorboard
3x ¼”-20 tapped holes
¾” and 1-¾” on centers 27/32" Ø
7786 7786-BX –3 screw –Diecast 3x ¼”-20 tapped holes
¾” and 1-¾” on centers 1-1/16" Ø
7784 7784-BX On-On 3 screw –Diecast 3x ¼”-20 tapped holes
¾” and 1-¾” on centers 7/8" Ø
7785-01 –On-Off –Packard Connector
12015792
PVC Coated
Diecast
3x ¼”-20 tapped holes
¾” and 1-¾” on centers 7/8" Ø
7786-01 –On-On –Aptiv 12015793 PVC Coated
Diecast
3x ¼”-20 tapped holes
¾” and 1-¾” on centers 7/8" Ø
7786-03 – – 3 wire leads –Diecast 3x ¼”-20 tapped holes
¾” and 1-¾” on centers –
7789-02 7789-02-BX –3 blade –Diecast 3x ¼”-20 tapped holes
¾” and 1-¾” on centers 55/64"
7787 7787-BX –3 screw –Diecast 2x ¼”-20 tapped holes
1-¾” on centers 7/8" Ø
7762 7762-BX –3 blade 30155 Diecast
On-Floorboard
2x 9/32ӯ holes
1-¾” on centers –
Foot Operated Starter Switches
Off-On, normally Off. Depress to On, spring return to Off.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/FootSwitches
PART NUMBERS
CIRCUITRY TYPE NORMAL
POSITION TERMINALS
MOUNTING
PLUNGER NOTES
BULK BOXED TYPE HOLES
9060 9060-BX
SPST Off-On Normally
Off
2x 5/16"-24 studs with
hexnuts & washers
Through-
Floorboard
2x 9/32ӯ holes
1-¾” on centers
1.83"
Long
Autolite SW-40001 (15-
47), 15-50, 401A, 4002,
4005, 4010, 4015 (15-51)
Delco
D900 (405C)
9183 9183-BX 2x 9/32ӯ holes
1-¾” on centers 1" Long Autolite SW-4012 (15-49) Delco 1996478
91001 91001-BX
2x 7/32" tapped
holes 23/32" on
center
21/32"
long
16 thread and 32 thread
terminal posts on body of
switch
7700 7786 7787 7762
9060 9183
Foot Operated Headlamp Dimmer Switches
Depress-release for low beam, depress-release for high beam. Corrosion-resistant diecast metal housings, moisture-repellent insulators.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/FootSwitches
109 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
11
Backup Switches
• See table below for replacement suitability
• Normally off, on with plunger depressed, spring return to Off
Additional information: littelfuse.com/BackupSwitches
Stoplamp Switches
• See table below for replacement suitability
Additional information: littelfuse.com/StoplampSwitches
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW ACTION NORMAL
POSITION ACTUATOR MOUNTING DETAIL TERMINALS
BULK BOXED
91113 91113-BX 20A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Normally
Off Ball On vehicle transmission Spring return to Off 2 screw
75125 – – SPST Off-On Normally
Off 5” lever Two 13/64” (5.2mm) Ø mounting holes,
1/2” (12.7mm) on centers
Back-up alarm switch
Spring return to Off 2 screw
9052 9052-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On –Button-Head 1/2”
(12.7mm) long
7/16” (7.9mm) Ø mounting stem, 7/16” –20 (7.9mm)
long, with two flats for mounting in double-D hole Spring return to Off 2 screw
91105 91105-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Normally
Off
Button-head
actuator, 3/8"
(9.5mm) long
3/8 (9.5mm) long. 7/16 -20 (7.9mm) diameter mounting
stem
On with plunger
depressed, spring
return to Off
2 - 18AWG
Wire Leads
PART NUMBERS
HYDRAULIC
MECHANICAL
POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION DETAIL MOUNTING TERMINALS NOTES
BULK BOXED
8486 8486-BX •
SPST
Normally On –2 - Tapped 10-32 mounting
holes 5/8” on centers 2 blade Lever actuated to Off spring return to On
8486-05 8486-05-BX Normally Off –2 - Tapped 10-32 mounting
holes 5/8” on centers 2 bullet Lever actuated to On spring return to Off
8626 8626-BX •Normally Off – 1/8” -27 thread
11/32” (8.73mm) long 2 6-32 screw
Operates at 60-120 psi (414-827 kPa);
NPTF dry-seal thread for
use without sealant
8629 8629-BX •Normally Off – 1/8” -27 thread
11/32” (8.73mm) long 2 male bullet
Operates at 60-120 psi (414-827 kPa);
NPTF dry-seal thread for
use without sealant
8715 8715-BX •Normally On Moisture-resistant
plastic body
1/2” Ø
1 5/32” long 2 blade Spring return to normal position.
8487 8487-BX •Normally On Lever is 2 7/8”
overall length
Tapped 10-32 mounting
holes 5/8” on centers 2 bullet Spring return to normal position.
8626 8629 8645 8715 8487
J2 Various Switch Diagram
Off
On
91113 75125 9052
Specialty Switches
Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches
110Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
11
Neutral Safety and Backup Lamp Switch Accessories
For Neutral Safety and Back-up Lamp Switches. Molded of durable PVC to resist moisture and dirt.
Internal ring forms a seal with the groove around the switch housing.
83377
Specialty Switches
PART NUMBERS
RATING POLE &
THROW
NORMAL
POSITION MOUNTING DETAIL TERMINALS
BULK BOXED
9242 9242-BX 35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC SPST Normally Off 9/16” -18 UNF-2A thread,
5/16” (7.9mm) long –2 screw
9242-01 9242-01-BX 35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC SPST Normally Off 9/16” -18 UNF-2A thread,
5/16” (7.9mm) long
Same as 9242 but with
brass gasket/washer 2 screw
92102 92102-BX 35A at 12V DC
20A at 24V DC SPST Normally Off 9/16” -18 UNF-2A thread,
21/32” (16.7mm) long
Accepts female blade terminals or
Delphi 2962679 2-pole connector 2 button head
92107-04 92107-04-BX 20A at 12V DC SPST Normally Off 3/4” -16 UNF-2A thread,
31/64” (12.3mm) long –2 screw
9162-03 –35A at 12V DC SPST Normally Off 3/4” -16 UNF-2A thread,
31/64” (12.3mm) long Gasket on mounting stem 2 female bullet
9224 9224-BX 5A at 12V DC
3A at 24V DC SPST Normally On3/4” -16 UNF-2A thread,
31/64” (12.3mm) long Aluminum gasket/washer 2 screw
9224-07 9224-07-BX 5A at 12V DC SPST Normally On1/4"-32 thread 1/4" long –2 screw
Neutral Safety Ball Switches
• Spring return to normal position
• Moisture-resistant insulators
• Corrosion-resistant metal housings
• Silver contacts
Additional information: littelfuse.com/NeutralSafetySwitches
9242 9242-01 92102 92107-04 9162-03 9224
PART NUMBERS
DETAIL MOUNTING
BULK BOXED
83377 83377-BX
Protective boot for switches with 1 1/8” hex housing.
Part Numbers: 9224, 9242, 9242-07, 92102,
92103, 92105, 92107-04.
Internal ring forms seal with
switch housing groove
111 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
Vehicle
Connectors
Heavy duty sockets, plugs and assemblies that withstand the rigors of trucking in
dust, dirt, rain and snow, heat and cold, yet maintain electrical continuity between
tractor unit and trailer.
Best Practices for Connectors
Properly installed tractor-trailer connectors are critical to the safe performance of a
rig so connectors are routinely subjected to vibration, extreme weather conditions,
as well as mechanical forces. We highly recommend that a trained technician
performs the installation. It is the responsibility of the end-user to take into account
the mounting location and environment, conductor type, size, flexibility and other
installation parameters.
Review the assembly procedure before assembly. A common error is to not slide a
clamp, boot or housing onto the cable before connecting the wires. Recommended
tools: screwdriver (preferably with torque limiter); soldering iron (preferably a solder
pot), solder and flux; wire stripper and cutter; and ruler. Cut the cable, and strip the
jacket to the recommended length. Strip the wires to the recommended length, and
tin them. Maintain a tight strand bundle before tinning, so that there are no loose
strands. Re-tin if necessary. This makes it easier to insert the wires into the terminal,
and helps to properly position the tinned strands at the right depth.
Slide the housing, spring coil or boot over the cable. Properly insert and position
the tinned conductor into each terminal. Locate the tinned portion under the
terminal screw before tightening the screw. Tighten the termination screws to
the appropriate torques.
Inspect the terminated connection for cut or loose strands, fragments of wire
insulation between the terminal/conductor connection, bent terminals, loose or
stripped terminal screws and other visible problems.
Check that the correct connections have been made, by re-checking that the
conductor jacket color matches the insulator coding.
Carefully slide the insulator into the connector housing, making sure that the insulator
is fully seated. Don’t twist or lever the terminated conductor after it has been inserted
and locked into the insulator. This may damage the terminal and put stress on the
terminated connection. Finally tighten the housing screw or cable clamp.
In order to keep a plug clean when not inserted in a socket, we recommend the use
of the 11750 Stor-A-Way Plug Holder.
112Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
12
Tractor-Trailer Connectors
12300 & 12301 - 13-Pole Connectors
The 13-pole sockets and plugs provide six additional tractor-trailer circuits within the dimensions of
traditional 7-pole connectors. The connectors are adaptable to a wide variety of wiring combinations,
including multiplexed circuits. 13-Pole connectors surpass SAE J560b performance standards, by
conforming to interchangeability between 7-pole and 13-pole connectors. The connectors are a bright
yellow so that the 13 pole configuration is easily identifiable. They are constructed of robust glass-filled
plastic housings that cannot rust or corrode. The ground terminals accept up to 8AWG wire, 7 pole
terminals up to 10AWG, smaller 6 pole terminals up to 14AWG.
12300, Socket
• Gasket-sealed socket door is spring-loaded and locks onto the plug.
• Rain hood extends beyond the pins to protect the interior. The 5º downward pitch drain channel inside
the socket reduces water retention.
• Three mounting holes on the flange: .33” (8.4mm) diameter, 2.93” (74.6mm) on centers.
• Includes six 31784 crimp-on connectors to mate with the six smaller pole terminals.
12301, Plug
• Plug locks into the socket, utilizing the spring-loaded socket door.
• Spring-grip contacts have self-adjusting spring bands to maintain long-term uniform electrical contact with
socket pins. They also feature strain relief and grommet seals to isolate the contacts from mechanical
strain and provides water protection.
• Cable retainer maintains secure cable connection.
• O-ring at the plug end prevents water from reaching the contacts.
• Includes six 31784 crimp-on connectors to mate with the six smaller pole terminals.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
Typical RV 7-Pole Wiring Color Codes SAE Coding Convention for 7-Pole Connectors
WIRE
COLOR
CONDUCTOR
NUMBER
LITTELFUSE
TERMINAL
MARKING
FUNCTION
White 1 W Ground return to
towing vehicle
Black 2 BK Clearance, side marker, and
identification lamps
Yellow 3 Y Left turn signal and hazard lamps
Red 4 R Stop lamps and
antilock device
Green 5 G Right turn signal and
hazard lamps
Brown 6 BR Tail and license plate lamps
Blue 7 BL Continuous ABS
power/Auxiliary
WIRE
COLOR FUNCTION
White Ground
Black Auxiliary power/battery charge
Yellow Auxiliary
Red Left turn and brake lights
Green Taillights and clearance lights
Brown Right turn and brake lights
Blue Electric trailer brakes
12300
12301
PART NUMBERS
POLES TYPE MATERIAL COLOR
TERMINALS MOUNTING
HOLES NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL PIN TYPE MATERIAL
12300 12300-BX –13 Socket Glass-Filled
Plastic Yellow Solid Brass 3Spring Loaded Door
12301 12301-BX –13 Plug Glass-Filled
Plastic Yellow Solid Brass –O-ring in plug end
81356 - Protective Boot for 3-Bolt Flange Sockets
Protect against road splash, dirt and moisture. Fits over the back of the flange, and covers the terminal
connectors. Designed for 12310 7-pole socket and 12300 13-pole socket.
81356
PART NUMBERS POLES MATERIAL NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
81356 81356-BX –7 & 13 Rubber Fits Sockets: 12300 and 12310
113 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
12
Tractor-Trailer Connectors
Vehicle Connectors
7-Pole Connector Sockets
Sockets and plugs conform to ATA, RCCC (RP-102), SAE (J560b), FMVSS-121, FIEI TTMA (RP 40-73) standards or recommendations, and
are compatible with other standard (J560b) connectors.
Ground terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG. Solid brass contacts are aligned to assure proper contact and
minimal voltage drop. Wiring codes are embossed on the insulator.
The door is spring-loaded and fits over a mating ridge on the socket face to minimize penetration of dirt and moisture. Housings are
constructed from corrosion-resistant diecast metal or rugged glass-filled plastic. Contacts are either self-grounding or insulated.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
PART NUMBERS
POLES
MOUNTING
HOLES
MATERIAL COLOR
TERMINALS DIMENSIONS
SPRING LOADED
DOOR
NOTES
BULK BOXED PIN TYPE MATERIAL MOUNTING FLANGE THROUGH-HOLE
12310 12310-BX
7
3Glass-Filled Plastic Black Solid Brass 0.33” (8.4mm) Ø
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers – • Gasket-Sealed with
Rain Hood
–12080-BX
2
Glass-Filled Plastic Black Solid Brass 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 2” (50.8mm) Ø •Insulated
–12080-11-BX Glass-Filled Plastic Green Solid Brass 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 2” (50.8mm) Ø •Door marked
“Trailer ABS”
12063 12063-BX Diecast Metal –Solid Brass 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 2” (50.8mm) Ø •Self-Grounding
12063-11 –Diecast Metal Silver Solid Brass 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 2” (50.8mm) Ø • –
12063-01 12063-01-BX Diecast Metal –Split Brass 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 2” (50.8mm) Ø •Self-Grounding
12077-01†12077-01-BX Diecast Metal –
1x Spring
Grip
Female
6x Solid
Male
Brass 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval
2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 2” (50.8mm) Ø •
For ISO-Type
Polarized ground
terminal - Insulated
Mates with 11100-02
and 11100-01
12310 12080 12080-11 - ABS 12063 12077-01
† Polarized ground terminal, insulated. Replacement for ISO 3731-1976 (E) road vehicles, type 24S (supplementary).
Typical RV 7-Pole Wiring Color Codes SAE Coding Convention for 7-Pole Connectors
WIRE
COLOR
CONDUCTOR
NUMBER
LITTELFUSE
TERMINAL
MARKING
FUNCTION
White 1 W Ground return to
towing vehicle
Black 2 BK Clearance, side marker, and
identification lamps
Yellow 3 Y Left turn signal and hazard lamps
Red 4 R Stop lamps and
antilock device
Green 5 G Right turn signal and
hazard lamps
Brown 6 BR Tail and license plate lamps
Blue 7 BL Continuous ABS
power/Auxiliary
WIRE
COLOR FUNCTION
White Ground
Black Auxiliary power/battery charge
Yellow Auxiliary
Red Left turn and brake lights
Green Taillights and clearance lights
Brown Right turn and brake lights
Blue Electric trailer brakes
114Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
12
Tractor-Trailer Connectors
PART NUMBERS
POLES
CABLE PROTECTOR
MATERIAL COLOR
BULK BOXED RETAIL
12091 – – 7 – Diecast Metal –
12092 12092-BX – 7 • Diecast Metal –
12081 – – 7 – Glass-Filled Plastic Black
12082 12082-BX – 7 • Glass-Filled Plastic Black
PART NUMBERS
POLES
CABLE
PROTECTOR
MATERIAL COLOR O-RING
BULK BOXED
12311 12311-BX 7 – Glass-Filled Plastic Black •
PART NUMBERS
POLES
CABLE PROTECTOR
MATERIAL COLOR
BULK BOXED RETAIL
1222 1222-BX – 7 – Diecast Metal –
1255 1255-BX – 7 • Diecast Metal –
12091/12092
12081/12082
12311
1255
7-Pole Connector Plugs – High Performance
Ground terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG. Cable protectors are constructed
of plated steel, and provide strain relief and protection against abrasion.
• High-Performance Plug Surpasses SAE J560b performance standards. Superior environmental protection
gives extended product life. Black glass-filled plastic housing cannot rust or corrode
• Plug locks onto opening on spring-loaded socket door. Spring-grip contacts have self-adjusting spring
bands to maintain long-term uniform electrical contact with socket pins. O-ring at the plug end prevents
water from reaching the contacts.
• Strain relief and grommet seal isolates the contacts from mechanical strain, and provides extra moisture
protection. Cable retainer maintains secure cable connection. Replaceable interior.
• Connects with all SAE J560b sockets, and Littelfuse brand 13-pole sockets.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
7-Pole Connector Plugs – Spring Grip Electrical Contacts
Spring Grip Electrical Contacts contain a self-adjusting spring band that maintains contact pressure from
socket to pin. Greater contact pressure not only gives greater electrical efficiency, but also makes coupling
and uncoupling uniform, and minimizes buildup of dirt. In competitive plugs, conventional contacts tend to
widen after repeated use. These plugs feature individually sprung sockets to insure maximum contact year
after year.
• Plated steel cable protectors are available to provide strain relief and protection against abrasion
• Ground terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG
• Diecast metal housing
• Replaceable interior
• Wiring codes are identified on the insulator
• Cable clamp holds all wires securely
Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
7-Pole Connector Plugs – Quick Release Interiors
Quick Release Plug Interiors can be readily removed by loosening the single set screw in the cable clamp,
and then depressing on the spring clip release with a screwdriver. The interior then readily slides out. The
interior slides back into the housing and locks securely into place with a high-tension metal clip. After the
cable clamp is tightened, the plug is ready for use.
• Plated steel cable protectors are available to provide strain relief and protection against abrasion
• Ground terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
115 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
12
Tractor-Trailer Connectors
Vehicle Connectors
4 & 6 Pole Connector Sockets
Normally used with a trailer where limited functionality (taillights, brake lights) is needed. Ideal for boat trailers, or RVs towing a car on a
flatbed trailer. Diecast metal housings. Screw terminals accept up to 12AWG wire. Replaceable interiors.
Brass split-pin contacts are aligned to assure proper contact and minimal voltage drop. Spring-loaded socket doors, plug locks securely into
the opening. Wiring codes are identified on the insulator. Two mounting holes on the flange 17/64” (6.7mm) diameter, 2 15/16” (74.6mm) on
centers. Mount through 1 3/8” (34.9mm) diameter hole.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
4 & 6 Pole Connector Plugs
Contacts float for best alignment and connection. Cable clamps hold all size cables firmly in place. Cable protectors (where present) are
constructed from plated steel, and provide strain relief and protection against abrasion.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
PART NUMBERS
POLES
MOUNTING
HOLES
MATERIAL
TERMINALS DIMENSIONS
SPRING
LOADED DOOR
PROTECTIVE
HOUSING
NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL PIN TYPE MATERIAL MOUNTING FLANGE THROUGH-HOLE
1258 1258-BX –
6
2Diecast
Metal Split Brass 17/67 (6.7mm) Ø
2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers
1 3/8” Ø
(34.9mm) Ø •Exposed terminal
screws
1235 1235-BX – 2 Diecast
Metal Split Brass 17/67 (6.7mm) Ø
2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers
1 3/8” Ø
(34.9mm) Ø • • –
1257 1257-BX –
4
2Diecast
Metal Split Brass 17/67 (6.7mm) Ø
2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers
1 3/8” Ø
(34.9mm) Ø •Exposed terminal
screws
1232 1232-BX – 2 Diecast
Metal Split Brass 17/67 (6.7mm) Ø
2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers
1 3/8” Ø
(34.9mm) Ø • • –
PART NUMBERS
POLES
CABLE
PROTECTOR
MATERIAL
TERMINALS
CABLE
CLAMPS
NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL PIN TYPE MATERIAL
1236 1236-BX –6Diecast Metal Split Brass •Exposed terminal screws
1254 1254-BX – • Diecast Metal Split Brass •
1233 1233-BX –4Diecast Metal Split Brass •
1253 1253-BX – • Diecast Metal Split Brass •Exposed terminal screws
1258 1235 1257/1232
1236 1254 1233 1253
116Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
12
Tractor-Trailer Connectors
2- Pole Power Take-Off Connectors
Suitable replacement for connectors in tarping applications. Provides a high-integrity two-circuit path for
on- and off-road vehicles and in agricultural applications. Plug latches solidly with the socket cover.
• Vertically-aligned machined brass contacts
• Diecast zinc plug and socket housings with engineering-grade plastic interior
• Terminations accept 6AWG wire
• Polarized connections
Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
1-Pole Power Take-Off Connectors
Diecast metal plug and socket housings with engineering-grade plastic interior provides power to auxiliary
equipment. Electrical conductors and connections are designed for maximum efficiency and long life and
terminations accept up to 0AWG wire.
• 11041 - Socket: Self-grounding. Solid brass 3/8” (9.5mm) Ø male contact, with insulated tip
to prevent short circuits. Rubber boot protects terminals and connections from moisture
and dirt. Fits 2” (50.8mm) Ø hole. Two mounting holes on the flange 21/64” (8.6mm) Ø,
2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers
• 11042 - Plug: With ground return terminal. Brass female contact with spring grip tension provides solid
engagement with the mating socket. Cable clamp holds cable firmly in place.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
Farm Equipment Connectors
Two-pole breakaway unit: plug automatically releases at approximately 20lbs pull. Mate with all
connectors of comparable design. Polarized. 20A maximum capacity.
• 1282 - Socket with Mounting Bracket: Plated steel housing. High impact-resistant molded
insulator. Brass contacts and brass screw terminals. Stainless steel spring on the cover locks
the plug in place. Integral mounting bracket with two .218” (5.6mm) diameter mounting holes,
1.25” (31.8mm) on centers.
• 1283-325, Plug: Plated brass housing. Threaded cable grip.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
11041-06
11041-05
11041
11042
PART NUMBERS POLES
CABLE
PROTECTOR
MATERIAL NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
11041-06 11041-06-BX – 2 – Diecast Metal Gasket-sealed socket keeps out dirt and
moisture when not in use
11042-05 11042-05-BX – 2 • Diecast Metal Durable, flexible spring coil protects
the cable
PART NUMBERS POLES TYPE MATERIAL CONTACTS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
11042 11042-BX – 1 Plug Diecast Metal Brass
PART NUMBERS
POLES TYPE MATERIAL CONTACTS TERMINALS POLARIZED
BULK BOXED RETAIL
1282 1282-BX – 2 Socket Plated Steel Brass Brass Screw •
1283-325 1283-325-BX – 2 Plug Plated Brass Brass Brass Screw •
1282
1283-325
117 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
12
PART NUMBERS
POLES TYPE MATERIAL TERMINALS WIRE SIZE NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
12400 12400-BX –7Socket Thermoplastic Nickel-Plated Brass 14AWG Max –
12401 12401-BX –Plug –
12500 12500-BX –12 Socket Thermoplastic Nickel-Plated Brass Pins 1-7: 14AWG max
Pins 8-12: 8AWG max
Accepts 12- or 7-pole plug
12501 12501-BX –Plug –
Trailer Connectors
PART NUMBERS
POLES
TYPE
MATERIAL CONTACTS TERMINALS COLOR POLARIZED
BULK BOXED RETAIL
M-121 M-121-BX M-121-BP 2Plug & Socket Thermoplastic Brass Brass Screws Black •
M-115 M-115-BX M-115-BP 4Plug & Socket Thermoplastic Brass Brass Screws Black •
Plug & Socket Connectors with Rubber Caps
Polarized to assure proper mating of circuits. Molded insulator bodies. Precision-machined brass contacts. Rubber caps protect connectors.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
In-Line Universal Connector
Flat profile design provides a robust 7-pole or 12-pole connection. Housings are molded thermoplastic material, resistant to ultraviolet solar
radiation. Nickel-plated brass terminals with split contact pins give a positive connection. Insulators between each terminal provide protection
from short circuits. Spring-loaded socket lid protects the terminals when not in use. Insulated cable clamp secures the cable, minimizing
vibration and strain. Terminal covers are easily removed for access to terminals. Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
Circuit Identification: 1. Left turn signal
2. Accessory
3. Ground
4. Right turn signal
5. Accessory
6. Brake lights
7. Rear–clearance and side marker lamps
8. Accessory
9. Accessory
10. Ground
11. Accessory
12. Accessory
12400 12401 12500 12501
M-121 (shown without cap) M-115
Universal Trailer Connectors
Weatherproof connectors & wire lead assemblies. Polarized to assure proper mating of circuits. Molded bodies. Color-coded 16AWG wire,
6” long (152.4mm). Conductors are properly aligned and bonded into the insulation, to assure minimal voltage drop, and for ease in
connecting. Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors
PART NUMBERS
POLES
POLARIZED
BULK BOXED RETAIL
11134 11134-BX 11134 -BP 4 •
11173 11173-BX 11173-BP 3 •
11172 11172-BX 11172-BP 2 •
11172-02 – – 2 •
11172-03 – – 2 •
11134 11173 11172
Vehicle Connectors
118Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
12
Surface Mounting Socket Accessories
For attachment of 4-, 6-, and 7-pole sockets of standard design (without integral circuit breakers).
• 11165 - Mounting Bracket: Eliminates the need for cutting a hole in the trailer to accept a socket.
Mounting hardware included. Center hole is 2” (50.8mm) diameter.
• 11164 - Mounting Gasket: Neoprene gasket for plastic or metal sockets.
81192 - Cable Protector
Protects against strain and kinking.
98647 - 13-Conductor Cable
Straight cable, available in 500’ lengths.
Conductor wires are color-coded for easy
recognition. Durable insulation resists abrasion
and will not crack or stiffen at -70°F (-57°C)
11178 - Protective Boot for 7-Pole Sockets
Protect against road splash, dirt and moisture. Inner ridge locks over the heads of the terminal screws
and to the edge of the casting.
11165
11164
81192
98647
11178
PART NUMBERS TYPE MATERIAL NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
11165 11165-BX –Bracket Steel Mounting hardware included
11164 11164 -BX –Gasket Neoprene Fits Sockets: 12063, 12063-01, 12080, 12080-01
PART NUMBERS MATERIAL NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
–81192-BX –Plated Steel Fits Plugs: 11042-05, 12081, 12082, 12091, 12092
PART NUMBERS MATERIAL 13 TOTAL WIRE CONDUCTOR SIZES
500’ LENGTH ONE WIRE ONE WIRE FIVE WIRES SIX WIRES
98647 100% Copper 8AWG 10AWG 12AWG 14AWG
PART NUMBERS MATERIAL MOUNTING
BULK BOXED RETAIL BODY CAP FLANGE
1160 – – Aluminum Captive Brass Brass Three 3/16” (4.8mm) Ø mounting
holes in flange
PART NUMBERS POLES MATERIAL NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
11178 11178-BX – 7 Rubber Fits Sockets: 12063, 12063-01, 12080, 12080-01, 12080-11,
12077-01 and other 7-pole sockets with similar design
Connector Mounts & Accessories
14AWG WHITE/YELLOW
12AWG BLACK
14AWG WHITE/BLUE
12AWG YELLOW
14AWG WHITE/RED
10AWG RED
8AWG WHITE
12AWG BLUE
14AWG WHITE/GREEN
12AWG BROWN
12AWG GREEN
14AWG WHITE/BLACK
14AWG WHITE/ORANGE
11750 - Stor-A-Way Plug Holder
Patented by Littelfuse–Cole Hersee. Designed to keep plugs clean when not in use, and extends life by
protecting electrical contacts from dirt and roadsplash.
For all SAE J560b 7-pole plugs and 13-pole plugs. Spring-loaded for secure locking.
1160 - License Holder Tube
Weatherproof tube protects important papers. 5” x 1 1/8” (127.0 x 28.6mm).
11750
1160
PART NUMBERS POLES MATERIAL NOTES
BULK BOXED
11750 11750-BX 7 or 13 Heavy duty glass-filled
plastic
Fits Plugs: 12311, 1222, 1255, 12091, 12092,
12081, 12082, 12301, 11042 and 11042-05.
11750-03 – 7 Heavy duty glass-filled
plastic
Fits Plugs: 12311, 1222, 1255, 12091, 12092,
12081, 12082, 12301, 11042 and 11042-05.
119 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
What Are the Benefits of LEDs?
LED lights are solid-state, so they last longer and may never need servicing. This
means that replacement builds are not needed, and time is saved in applications with
maintenance personnel.
LEDs are unaffected by on-off cycling, and their brightness does not diminish over
time. LEDs can also function over a wider range of temperatures making them ideal
for harsh environments from desert conditions to frigid cold temperatures.
LEDs can be safer because they produce less heat. The build up of heat is undesirable
because it can create potential fire risks. LEDs operate at a very cool temperature and
the lens is not vulnerable to breakage from water-splash.
Indicators are used for remote monitoring or indication of system status. Pilot lights
are frequently used as signal indicators for accessories or aftermarket add-ons.
Indicator Devices
120Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
13
LED Pilot Lights
PART NUMBERS RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE HOLE SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
PL-521-RC PL-521-RC-BX –12V DC Red ¼” blade 1” 11/16” Ø
PL-521-AC PL-521-AC-BX –12V DC Amber ¼” blade 1” 11/16” Ø
PL-521- GC PL-521-GC-BX –12V DC Green ¼” blade 1” 11/16” Ø
PART NUMBERS RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE HOLE SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
PL-522-RC PL-522-RC-BX –12V DC Red ¼” blade ¾” 5/8” Ø
PL-52 2-AC PL-522-AC-BX –12V DC Amber ¼” blade ¾” 5/8” Ø
PL-52 2-GC PL-522-GC-BX –12V DC Green ¼” blade ¾” 5/8” Ø
PART NUMBERS RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE HOLE SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
PL-524-RC PL-524-RC-BX –12V DC Red ¼” blade 5/8” ½” Ø
PL-524 -AC PL-524-AC-BX –12V DC Amber ¼” blade 5/8” ½” Ø
PL-524 -GC PL-524-GC-BX –12V DC Green ¼” blade 5/8” ½” Ø
PART NUMBERS RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE HOLE SIZE BLINKING
ILLUMINATION
BULK BOXED RETAIL
PL-525-RC – – 12V DC Red 6 ¾” wire leads 3/8” 21/64” Ø
PL-525-AC – – 12V DC Amber 6 ¾” wire leads 3/8” 21/64” Ø
PL-525-GC – – 12V DC Green 6 ¾” wire leads 3/8” 21/64” Ø
PL-526-RC – – 12V DC Red 6 ¾” wire leads 3/8” 21/64” Ø •
PL-526-AC – – 12V DC Amber 6 ¾” wire leads 3/8” 21/64” Ø •
PL-526-GC – – 12V DC Green 6 ¾” wire leads 3/8” 21/64” Ø •
PART NUMBERS RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE BODY LENGTH
BULK BOXED RETAIL
PL- 612-R PL-612-R-BX PL-612-R-BP 12V DC Red ¼” blade 0.63” 1.25”
PL- 612-A P L-612-A-BX PL-612-A-BP 12V DC Amber ¼” blade 0.63” 1.25”
PL- 612-G P L-612-G-BX PL- 612-G-BP 12V DC Green ¼” blade 0.63” 1.25”
PL- 612-B PL-612-B-BX PL-612-B-BP 12V DC Blue ¼” blade 0.63” 1.25”
PL- 624 -R PL-624-R-BX –24V DC Red ¼” blade 0.63” 1.25”
PL- 624 -A P L-624 -A-BX –24V DC Amber ¼” blade 0.63” 1.25”
PL- 624 -G PL- 624 -G-BX –24V DC Green ¼” blade 0.63” 1.25”
PL- 624 -B PL-624-B-BX –24V DC Blue ¼” blade 0.63” 1.25”
PART NUMBERS RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE HOLE SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
PL-523-RC PL-523-RC-BX –12V DC Red ¼” blade ¾” 5/8” Ø
PL-52 3-AC PL-523-AC-BX –12V DC Amber ¼” blade ¾” 5/8” Ø
PL-52 3-GC PL-523-GC-BX –12V DC Green ¼” blade ¾” 5/8” Ø
PL-523-BC PL-523-BC-BX –12V DC Blue ¼” blade ¾” 5/8” Ø
PL-523-CC PL-523-CC-BX –12V DC Clear ¼” blade ¾” 5/8” Ø
PL-521 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights
• Approx. 1” bezel, fits 11/16” diameter hole (17.2mm).
12V LED Pilot Lights
Rugged light-emitting diode that ensures long hours of service, never needing bulb replacement. Additional information: littelfuse.com/PilotLights
PL-522 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights
• Approx. 3/4” bezel, fits 5/8” diameter hole (15.9mm).
PL-524 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights
• Approx. 5/8” bezel, fits 1/2” diameter hole (15.9mm), 0.5 to 5.5mm thick.
PL-525 & PL-526 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights
• Approx. 3/8” bezel, snaps into 21/64” diameter hole (8.3mm), 0.5 to 2.0mm thick. 6-3/4” wire leads.
• PL-525 series is maintained illuminations; PL-526 series in blinking illumination.
PL-612 & PL-624 Series • 12V & 24V LED Pilot Lights
• 0.63” bezel diameter, fits panels 5.1 to 7.6mm thick. 1.25” (31.7mm) body length.
PL-523 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights
• Approx. 3/4” bezel, fits 5/8” diameter hole (15.9mm).
121 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
13
Incandescent Pilot Lights
Indicator Devices
PART NUMBERS RATING
LENS COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
–PL-2-RC000-BX –12V DC Red 2x 8” wire leads ½” (12.7mm) Ø 3/16” (4.76mm) Ø
PL-2-GC000 PL-2-GC000-BX –12V DC Green 2x 8” wire leads ½” (12.7mm) Ø 3/16” (4.76mm) Ø
PL-2-BC000 – – 12V DC Blue 2x 8” wire leads ½” (12.7mm) Ø 3/16” (4.76mm) Ø
PART NUMBERS RATING
LENS COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
PL-20-RC000 PL-20-RC000-BX –12V DC Red 2x 8” wire leads 7/8” (22.2mm) Ø 17/32” (13.5mm) Ø
PL-20-GC000 PL-20-GC000-BX –12V DC Green 2x 8” wire leads 7/8” (22.2mm) Ø 17/32” (13.5mm) Ø
PL-20-AC000 PL-20-AC000-BX –12V DC Amber 2x 8” wire leads 7/8” (22.2mm) Ø 17/32” (13.5mm) Ø
PL-2 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Lights
• #53 bulb supplied, Plated brass bezel, satin finish.
• 5/16” (7.9mm) diameter mounting stem, 3/8” (9.5mm) long.
12V Incandescent Pilot Lights
Corrosion-resistant construction. Spring-actuated brass contacts assure proper contact with the bulb. 16AWG (1.0mm2) insulated
stranded copper leads, 8” (203mm) long. Additional information: littelfuse.com/PilotLights
PL-36 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated with Faceted Lens Pilot Lights
• Lenses have honeycomb pattern on the internal side, smooth on the outside.
• #53 bulb supplied, Satin finish stainless steel bezel.
• 1/2” (12.7mm) diameter mounting stem, 3/8” (9.5mm) long.
PL-20 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Lights
• #53 bulb supplied, Chrome-plated brass bezel.
• 3/4” (19.1mm) diameter mounting stem, 11/16” (17.5mm) long.
PART NUMBERS RATING
COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
PL-36-RC000 PL-36-RC000-BX –12V DC Red 2x 8” wire leads ¾” (19.1mm) Ø 5/16” (8.0mm) Ø
PL-36-GC000 PL-36-GC000-BX –12V DC Green 2x 8” wire leads ¾” (19.1mm) Ø 5/16” (8.0mm) Ø
–PL-36-AC000-BX –12V DC Amber 2x 8” wire leads ¾” (19.1mm) Ø 5/16” (8.0mm) Ø
PL-86 Series • 12V Double Contact, Insulated
• #68 bulb supplied, Plated brass bezel.
• 7/8” (22.2mm) diameter mounting stem, ¾” (19.1mm) long.
• Gasket sealed.
PL-85 Series • 12V Single Contact with Faceted Lens
• #67 bulb supplied, Plated brass bezel.
• 7/8” (22.2mm) diameter mounting stem, ¾” (19.1mm) long.
• Faceted outer lens surface.
• Gasket sealed.
PART NUMBERS RATING
LENS COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
PL-86-RC000 PL-86-RC000-BX –12V DC Red 2x 8” wire leads 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø
PL-86-GC000 PL-86-GC000-BX –12V DC Green 2x 8” wire leads 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø
PL-86-AC000 PL-86-AC000-BX –12V DC Amber 2x 8” wire leads 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø
PART NUMBERS RATING
LENS COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
PL-85-RC000 PL-85-RC000-BX –12V DC Red 1x 8” wire leads 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø
PL-85-GC000 PL-85-GC000-BX –12V DC Green 1x 8” wire leads 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø
PL-85-AC000 PL-85-AC000-BX –12V DC Amber 1x 8” wire leads 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø
122Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
13
PART NUMBERS RATING
LENS
COLOR
BEZEL
COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
PL-118-RC000 PL-118-RC000-BX –12V DC Red Satin Silver 2x 8” wire leads 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 5/8” (15.9mm) Ø
PL-118-RC001 PL-118-RC001-BX –12V DC Red Black 2x 8” wire leads 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 5/8” (15.9mm) Ø
PL-118-GC001 PL-118-GC001-BX –12V DC Green Black 2x 8” wire leads 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 5/8” (15.9mm) Ø
PL-118-AC001 – – 12V DC Amber Black 2x 8” wire leads 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 5/8” (15.9mm) Ø
PL-118 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Lights
• Mounts through rear of the panel. #1893 bulb supplied. Satin finish or black aluminum bezel.
• 11/16” (7.5mm) diameter mounting stem, 1/4” (6.4mm) long.
Incandescent Pilot Lights
M-320 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated with Smooth Lens
• #53 bulb supplied, Chrome-plated brass bezel
• Plastic socket
• 3/4” (19.1mm) diameter mounting stem, 1 1/16” (27.0mm) long.
PART NUMBERS RATING
LENS COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
–M-320-RC000-BX –12V DC Red 2x 8” wire leads 7/8” (22.2mm) Ø 17/32” (13.5mm) Ø
Panel Lamps and Base Sockets
PART NUMBERS RATING
COLOR
MATERIAL TERMINALS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
DL-13 DL-13-BX –12V DC Chrome-plated Brass 1x 8” wire leads
DL-21 DL-21-BX –12V DC Black Steel 1x 8” wire leads
PART NUMBERS RATING
LAMPS
ACCEPTED MOUNTING
TERMINALS CONTACT
TYPE NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
– – 26100-BP
12V DC BA15d
Without Flange 2x Wire Double 11/16” outside diameter Molded plastic insulator
2609 2609-BX –Side bracket with 3/16” (4.8mm) Ø hole 1x Wire Single –
M-432 M-432-BX M-432-BP Standard Base 2 Screw Double Marine Socket
M-458 M-458-BX –Standard Base 2 Wire Double Marine Dash Assembly
DL Series • 12V Single Contact, Grounding Panel Lamps
• Self-grounding to metal panels
• For illumination of maps or other items, with minimal interference of driving visibility
• Hood can be rotated to direct the light beam
• 11/16” (17.5mm) diameter mounting stem, 3/8” (9.5mm) long; mount through the panel.
• 16AWG insulated stranded copper leads
12V Bayonet Base Sockets
• Accept incandescent or LED bulbs with corresponding bases.
• Suggested lamp numbers for BA15s sockets: 63, 67, 81, 87, 93, 97,103, 209,1073, 1129, 1133, 1141, 1156.
• 16AWG insulated stranded copper leads 8” (203mm) long
26145 26100 2609 3575 2611
PL-116 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Light
• #1893 bulb supplied, Aluminum bezel
• Plastic socket
PART NUMBERS RATING
LENS COLOR
TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE
BULK BOXED RETAIL
–PL-116-RC000-BX –12V DC Red None 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 5/8” (15.9mm) Ø
123 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
13
Indicator Devices
40212 • 12V DC Dual Rate Electronic Alarm
Utilizes advanced integrated circuit surface mount technology. Negative ground. Use with two input sources
to warn of two different hazardous conditions. Sounds at two different rates: one sensor triggers a fast-rate
alarm, the second actuates a slower rate alarm tone.
• Minimum sound level: 90dB
• Lightweight molded plastic housing
• Solid-state circuitry
• Plugs into Littelfuse connector 3032 or 3029, Delphi (Packard)
12033871, or accepts connectors for 1/4" (6.4mm) blades
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Alarms
4099 • 12 & 24V DC Universal Buzzer
Hundreds of uses; for ‘door ajar’ warning, bus driver alert, low air pressure, temperature, etc. Works
with any temperature, pressure, door or momentary switch. Electrical contacts are designed for
instant response and uninterrupted signal.
• Impact resistant ABS resin case
• Moisture repellent insulator
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Alarms
40100 • Buzzer Pull Switch
For use by passengers in buses and rapid transit vehicles, the end of the switch attaches to a cord. Use
with Littelfuse buzzers or buzzer/flashers: 4099, 4112 RC, 4124-RD.
SPST Off-Mom. On. Normally Off, pull to On, spring return to Off. Neutral gray enamel finish cover.
Operates with a pull cord.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Alarms
4112-RC • 12 & 24V DC Buzzer and LED Indicator “Dual Alarm”
Rugged combination warning light and buzzer gives audible and visible alert. Device is a universal application
and can be used with any electrical switch. Red lens, long-life LED. 11/16” (17.46mm) diameter mounting
stem, 17/32” (13.88mm) long.
Additional information: littelfuse.com/Alarms
Buzzers and Alarms
SENSOR
OR SWITCH
SENSOR
OR SWITCH
FAST
B+
B
+
SLOW
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE DIMENSIONS TERMINALS NOTES
BULK BOXED RETAIL
40212 40212-BX –12V DC 2.005” x 1.185 x .930” (50.4 x 30.3 x 23.66mm) ¼” Blades Minimum sound level: 90dB
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE DIMENSIONS TERMINALS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
4099 4099-BX 4099-BP 12V DC
1 7/8” x 2 ½” x 2 17/32” (30.9 x 63.2 x 64.3mm) 2 Screw
40151 40151-BX –24V DC
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE TERMINALS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
40100 40100-BX –Up to 36V DC 2 Screw
PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE DIMENSIONS TERMINALS
BULK BOXED RETAIL
4112-RC000 4112-RC000-BX 4112-RC-BP 12V DC 1 7/8” x 1” x 1 11/32” (47.6 x 25.4 x 34.1mm) 2 Screw
124Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
13
THEY ARE SOLID-STATE, SO THEY LAST LONGER, AND MAY
NEVER NEED REPLACING
You don’t need to purchase replacement bulbs and keep a
stock of them. You won’t need to use the valuable time of your
maintenance staff. Less downtime for your vehicles means
more revenue-producing hours per vehicle. LEDs are unaffected
by the on-off cycling. Their brightness doesn’t diminish over
time. LEDs can function over a wider range of temperatures,
from desert conditions to frigid weather.
LEDs LAST LONGER BECAUSE THEY ARE UNAFFECTED BY
VIBRATION
Incandescent bulbs contain a small filament which is vulnerable
to the shock experienced by vehicles as they travel. LEDs are
solid state and don’t have filaments or bulbs that can work
loose.
LEDs PRODUCE LESS HEAT
LEDs are safer. A buildup of heat is undesirable since the
potential exists to cause fires. LEDs run far cooler. The heated
glass of conventional bulbs is vulnerable to splash – and more
likely to fail prematurely.
LEDs ARE MORE EFFICIENT
Less battery drain. Up to 90% of the power used in an
incandescent bulb is converted into wasted heat energy. For
the amount of light emitted, LEDs draw fewer watts from your
batteries. LEDs are not susceptible to the corrosion that may
occur in bulb bases and sockets.
Why Are LED Lights Better For My Vehicle?
PL-85 Series
PL-118 Series
M-320 Series
PL-2 Series
PL-612 Series
125 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
14
Appendix
Alphanumeric Part Number Index
Part Number Page
00940133ZP 21
00940134ZP 21
00940135ZP 21
00940154ZP 21
00940189ZP 21
00940202ZP 21
00940202ZPGLO 21
00940301ZP 21
00940362ZP 21
00940362ZPGLO 21
00940363ZP 22
00940365ZP 22
00940366ZP 22
00940367ZP 22
00940368ZP 22
00940369ZP 22
00940370ZP 22
00940396Z 24
00940400Z 21
00940400ZGLO 21
Part Number Page
00940402ZP 20
00940408ZP 21
00940409Z 23
00940413ZP 20
00940418ZP 22
00940419ZP 22
00940422Z 23
00940441ZP 22
00940442ZP 22
00940461ZP 22
00940462Z 21
00940462ZGLO 21
00940475Z 21
00940477Z 10
00940478Z 10
00940479ZP 22
00940480Z 23
00940506ZP 21
00940509ZXGLOA 24
00940510ZXGLOA 24
Part Number Page
00940550Z 21
00940551Z 23
00940552Z 23
00940553Z 23
00940554Z 21
00940555ZPGLO 21
00940556ZPGLO 21
00940557ZXA 21
00940558ZPA 21
00940559ZPA 21
00940560ZXA 23
00940561ZPA 22
00940562ZPA 22
00940563ZPA 22
00940565ZPA 22
00940565ZXA 23
00940566ZPA 22
00940566ZXA 21
00940567ZPA 22
00940569ZPA 22
Part Number Page
00940570ZXA 23
00970019X 37
00970019XP 37
00970023XP 37
00970025XPA 37
00970026XP 37
00970038XPA 37
00970053XP 37
00970054XPA 37
01520003TXN941 33
01520003TXN942 33
01520005Z 33
01520006Z 33
01550300Z 34
0185xxx.X 30
0185xxx.XP 30
0211xxx.XP 30
02980900S 32
02980900TXN 32
02980900Z 32
Part Number Page
02981001ZXT 32
02981028HXFC 32
02981028HXFC-SS 32
0327xxx.LXS 15
0337xxx.LXS 15
03453LF2XP 35
03500417TXN 39
03500417XP 39
03500418TXN 39
03500418XP 39
03540801ZXGY 39
03540802ZXGY 39
03540804ZXGY 39
03560001Z 39
03560002Z 39
03560004Z 39
03560006Z 39
04980900S 33
04980900ZXT 33
04980903ZXT 33
Use index as a quick resource to find the page number of a specific part you are looking for.
Cole Hersee Packaging
Retail packaging products are designated by the BP and BX suffixes.
BX and BP suffixes are not individually listed, but represented by their bulk part number.
Example:
Retail packaging toggle switch 5558-BP will be listed as 5558
5558-BP
“Bulk Part Number” “Blister Pack”
0ATO 0 1 0 . VP
First set of four
“ATO Fuses”
Second set of four
“10 Amps”
“Retail pack
of 5”
0MIN 0 3 0 . ZXPRO
First set of four
“MINI Fuses”
Second set of four
“30 Amps”
“Plus Pack”
Littelfuse Packaging
Order numbers must have between 9 characters and 15 characters.
NOTE:
Products with the amperage used in their part
number are not individually listed.
Example:
10 Amp ATO Fuse, 0ATO010.VP = 0ATO0xx.VP
Inner Pack Codes - Quantity Code
1 = X
5 = V
10 = T
20 = S
50 = L
100 = H
200 = F
250 = G
500 = U
1,000 = M
1,500 = D
2,500 = E
3,000 =W
4,000 = Y
5,000 = N
10,000 = K
126Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
14
Alphanumeric Part Number Index
Part Number Page
04980904ZXT 33
04980921GXM5 33
04980932.X 46
04980932ZXT 46
04980933.X 46
04980933ZXT 46
04981038HXFC 32
04982001ZXFC 32
0498900.TXN 33
0498xxx.TXN 17
0695xxx.LPXP 16
0695xxx.LPXPS 16
0695xxx.U 16
0695xxx.US 16
07981002ZXS 45
08010100 64
08010200 64
08070900 54
08080200 63
08081400 63
08084300 65
08084400 65
08098700 63
08098780 63
08098800 64
08098881 64
08098882 64
08098900 65
08098980 65
08098981 65
08099080 63
0812xxx.ZXST 29
0813xxx.XP 29
0813xxx.ZXST 29
0ACBxxx.XP 27
0AFH0001XP 34
0AFH0001Z 34
0AFH0002XP 34
0AGA0001ZP 21
0AGA0002ZP 21
0AGA0003ZP 21
0AGAxxx.V 19
0AGAxxx.VP 19
0AGC0001ZP 21
0AGC0001ZPGLO 21
0AGC0002ZP 21
0AGC0003ZP 21
0AGC0004ZP 21
0AGC0005ZP 21
0AGCxxx.VP 19
0AGCxxxV 19
0AGUxxx.T 19
0AGUxxx.VPG 19
0AGW0001ZP 21
0AGW0002ZP 21
Part Number Page
0AGWxxx.V 19
0AGWxxx.VP 19
0AGX0002ZP 21
0AGXxxx.VP 19
0ATD0300ZBP 37
0ATOxxx.V 14
0ATOxxx.VP 14
0ATOxxx.VPGLO 14
0ATOxxx.ZXPRO 14
0BPF0001ZP 36
0CCBxxx.X 27
0CCBxxx.XP 27
0CNLxxx.V 20
0CNNxxx.V 20
0CNNxxxE.V 20
0FCBxxx.X 27
0FCBxxx.XP 27
0FHA0001SXJ 34
0FHA0001XP 34
0FHA0001XPGLO 34
0FHA0002SXJ 34
0FHA0002XP 34
0FHA0030XP 34
0FHA0200Z 36
0FHA0200ZP 36
0FHJ1001G 35
0FHJ1002G 35
0FHJ2001G 35
0FHJ2002G 35
0FHM0001SXJ 34
0FHM0001XP 34
0FHM0001XPGLO 34
0FHM0002SXJ 34
0FHM0002XP 34
0FHM0200Z 36
0FHM0200ZP 36
0FHP0001Z 35
0FHZ0001Z 47
0FHZ0002Z 47
0FHZ0003Z 47
0FHZ0005Z 47
0FHZ00853-BX 38
0FHZ00854-BX 38
0FHZ0201Z 38
0FHZ0202Z 38
0FHZ0211Z 38
0FHZ0212Z 38
0FLC014.XP 20
0FLW014.XP 20
0FLW016.XP 20
0FNY0xxxXP 35
0GBCxxx.V 19
0GBCxxx.VP 19
0MAB0001F 33
0MAB0001S 33
Part Number Page
0MAB0001XP 33
0MAXxxx.X 14
0MAXxxx.XP 14
0MAXxxx.XPGLO 14
0MCBxxx.X 28
0MEGxxx.L 17
0MEGxxx.X 17
0MEGxxx.XP 17
0MIDxxx.X 17
0MIDxxx.XP 17
0MINxxx.V 13
0MINxxx.VP 13
0MINxxx.VPGLO 13
0MINxxx.ZXPRO 13
0MMBxxx.X 27
0MNBxxx.X 27
0MRS0001Z 26
0MRS0002Z 26
0MRS0003Z 26
0MRS0004Z 26
0MRS0005Z 26
0MRS0006Z 26
0MRS0007Z 26
0MRS0007ZXA 26
0MRS0009ZXA 26
0MRS0200Z 26
0MRS0300Z 26
0MXBxxx.X 28
0OMN0xxxXP 39
0PALxxx.X 18
0PALxxx.XP 18
0RBOX001Z 25
0RBOX002Z 25
0RBOX003Z 25
0RBOX004Z 25
0RBOX005Z 25
0RBOX006Z 25
0RED0BOXZ 25
0RED0BOXZXNG 25
0RED0BOXZXNGA 25
0SFE0001ZP 21
0SFE0001ZPGLO 21
0SFExxx.V 19
0SFExxx.VP 19
0UCBxxx.X 28
0UCBxxx.XP 28
1160 118
1222 114
1232 115
1233 115
1235 115
1236 115
1253 115
1254 115
1255 114
Part Number Page
1257 115
1258 115
1282 116
1283-325 116
2484 66
2484-02 66
2484-03 66
2484-06 66
2484-09 66
2484-16 66
2484-19 66
2484-A 66
2609 122
3031-0 35
3031-20 35
3031-30 35
3088-50 29
3088-60 29
3088-80 29
407-01 99
407-02 99
407-03 99
4099 123
4112-RC000 123
4721-P10 40
4721-P12 40
4721-P14 40
4721-P2 40
4721-P3 40
4721-P4 40
4721-P5 40
4721-P6 40
4721-P8 40
4755 40
4758 40
5007 102
5011 102
5050 102
5507 90
5520 89
5543 92
5543-09 92
5543-15 92
5558 90
5568 90
5570 90
5582 89
5582-10 89
5582-30-BP 89
5582-36 89
5584 89
5584-15 89
5586 89
5588 89
5590 89
Part Number Page
5592 89
7112 103
7124 103
7124-06 103
7127 103
7152 103
7157 103
7493 104
7493-07 104
7700 108
7762 108
7784 108
7785-01 108
7786 108
7786-01 108
7786-03 108
7787 108
7789-02 108
7792 107
7792-01 107
7792-03 107
876-199 38
882-267-002 32
882-267-003 32
882-267-004 32
882-267-005 32
882-839-2 32
882-839-3 32
882-839-4 32
882-839-5 32
882-853 38
882-854 38
8250 92
8367 77
8486 109
8486-05 109
8487 109
8626 109
8629 109
8715 109
901-325 38
956-3122 73
956-3124 73
956-3125 73
956-3126 73
956-3127 73
956-3135 73
956-4100 73
956-4107 73
956-4111-BX 73
956-4113 73
956-4124 73
956-4138 73
956-4141 73
956-4154 73
127 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
14
Part Number Page
956-4307 73
956-4311 73
956-5109 73
956-5124 73
956-5307 73
956-6307 73
956-6310 73
956-9100 73
9001 99
9002-BX 99
9003 100
9011 103
9023 97
9044-BX 97
9050-01 99
9052 109
9055 100
9055-08 100
9060 108
9075 98
9087-BX 99
9095 96
9100 96
9109 97
9115 97
9118 100
9118-04 100
9162-03 110
9165 97
9180 100
9183 108
9187 98
9187-02 98
9211 97
9212 97
9216 96
9216-03 96
9216-10 96
9224 110
9224-07 110
9231 96
9238 97
9238-07 96
9242 110
9242-01 110
9245 96
9264 100
9264-02 100
9264-04 100
9269 99
9270 99
9270-01 100
9276-09 96
9500 104
Part Number Page
9513 74
9576 103
9577 74
9578 74
9579 74
9579-02 74
9622-01 75
11042 116
11134 117
11164 118
11165 118
11172 117
11173 117
11178 118
11750 118
12063 113
12081 114
12082 114
12091 114
12092 114
12300 112
12301 112
12310 113
12311 114
12400 117
12401 117
12500 117
12501 117
12804 51
12805 51
24008 56
24021 56
24022 56
24023 56
24024 66
24037 56
24044 56
24047 56
24054 104
24059 55
24060 56
24063 55
24071 56
24076 56
24080 55
24082 55
24097 55
24103 56
24106 55
24115 55
24117 55
24124 55
24200 58
24213 55
Part Number Page
24214 55
24401 57
24402 57
24450 58
24452 58
24505 70
24612 57
24812 57
24848 57
31101 77
40100 123
40151 123
40212 123
48051 50
48070 50
48090 50
48120 50
48122 50
48160 50
48161 50
48162 50
48525 50
48530 50
48540 51
48610 51
48710 51
48785 54
50001 102
50002 102
50036 103
50046 102
50066 102
50070 102
50082 102
50088 102
50203 103
54003 84
54007 84
54010 84
54012 84
54100 88
54103 88
54104 88
54109 88
54110 88
55013 90
55014 89
55015 89
55016 89
55017 89
55018 89
55019 89
55020 89
55021 89
Part Number Page
55023 89
55025 88
55036 89
55046 89
55054 89
55055 89
55064 92
55071 92
55088 89
55093 92
58336 80
58337 80
59071 92
68028 103
68362 104
71092 103
72100 103
74603 107
75125 109
75226 106
75236 106
75600 105
75701 104
75903 67
75904 67
75907 67
75908 66
75912 67
75920 62
81255 92
81264 92
81356 112
82065 70
82468 92
83274 77
83280 99
83353 70
83357 77
83377 110
83379 77
90002 97
90018 96
90030 96
90043 97
90047 98
90048 98
91001 108
91050 99
91105 109
91113 109
91126 97
91800 99
91801 100
91812 100
Part Number Page
92102 110
92116 97
95033 75
95060 72
95410 77
95535 74
95539 74
95582 74
95591 75
95593 74
95597 75
95610 75
95612 75
96101 97
98628 84
98647 118
99025 60
99026 60
551802 90
551840 90
551841 90
551842 90
551844 90
551849 90
880014 32
880015 32
880062 62
880064 62
880073 46
880076 45
880086 54
880088 54
880089 46
880094 46
880107 54
880154 62
880175 62
11041-06 116
11042-05 116
11172-02 117
11172-03 117
11750-03 118
12063-01 113
12063-11 113
12077-01 113
12077-01-BX 113
12080-11-BX 113
12080-BX 113
24008-03 56
24041-BX 56
24046-BX 56
24059-08 55
24059-15 55
24063-08 55
Appendix
Alphanumeric Part Number Index
128Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
14
Part Number Page
24106-07 55
24107-BX 55
24117-01 55
24213-01 55
24213-03 55
24401-01 57
24401-04 57
24420-BX 55
24450-02 58
24505-01 70
24512-10 57
24610-G10-BX 57
24612-03 57
24612-10 57
24624-10 57
24812-01 57
24824-01 57
26100-BP 122
30055-10 29
30055-15 29
30055-20 29
30055-25 29
30055-30 29
30055-40 29
30055-50 29
30056-10 29
30056-15 29
30056-20 29
30056-25 29
30056-30 29
30056-40 29
30056-50 29
30062-20-BX 29
30062-30 29
30063-10 29
30063-20 29
30063-30 29
30090-2 28
30090-3 28
30090-4 28
30090-6 28
30090-8 28
30128-10 29
30128-15 29
30128-20 29
30128-30 29
30128-40 29
30137-10 29
30137-15 29
30137-20 29
30137-30 29
30138-10 29
30138-15 29
30138-30-BX 29
Part Number Page
30138-40 29
30171-10 29
30171-15 29
30171-20 29
30171-30 29
30172-10 29
30172-15 29
30172-20 29
30172-30 29
30409-10 30
30409-15 30
30409-20 30
30409-25 30
30409-30 30
30410-10-BX 27
30410-15 27
30410-20 27
30410-25 27
30410-30 27
30419-10 27
30419-15 27
30419-20 27
30419-25 27
30507-60 29
30507-80 29
3298xxx.H 17
3298xxx.Z 17
3298xxx.ZXSTA 17
46206-04 41
46210-02 70
46210-03 70
46211-01 70
46211-R 70
46377-10 38
46377-12 38
46377-18 38
46377-6 38
46377-8 38
46379-6 38
46379-8 38
48540-01-BX 51
48541-01-BX 51
48636-01-BX 51
50046-09 102
54100-01 88
54101-01 88
54107-01 88
54109-01 88
54204-01 82
55014-05 89
55015-03 92
55016-06 89
55017-02 89
55020-02 89
Part Number Page
55020-04 89
55020-20-BP 89
55021-04 89
55021-07 89
55025-01 88
55025-02 88
55025-03 88
55025-04 88
55033-01 89
55033-02 89
55046-04 89
55049-01 89
55054-04 89
55065-02 89
55065-03 89
551001-BX 90
551800-BX 90
551846-BX 90
56000-01 85
56000-04 85
56000-08 85
56027-01 82
56300-01 85
56327-01 82
57000-01 85
57000-04 85
57000-10 85
57000-23 85
57003-01 85
57004-10 85
57006-01 85
57006-07 85
57007-11 85
57013-08 85
57014-03 85
57300-01 85
57300-02 85
57300-03 85
57300-11 85
57300-22 85
58027-01 82
58027-02 82
58027-03 82
58027-04 82
58027-06 82
58027-07 82
58027-08 82
58027-11 82
58027-18 82
58311-01 80
58311-02 80
58311-07 80
58311-08 80
58311-11 80
Part Number Page
58311-13 80
58311-18 80
58312-A4 80
58312-AG 80
58312-C4 80
58312-G4 80
58312-R2 80
58312-R4 80
58326-01-BX 83
58326-06 83
58326-11 83
58326-15 83
58326-27 83
58326-29 83
58327-01 82
58327-06 82
58328-01 81
58328-02 81
58328-04 81
58328-100-BP 81
58328-101-BP 81
58328-103-BP 81
58328-11 81
58328-12-BX 81
58328-13 81
58328-35 81
58328-55 81
58328-58 81
58328-62 81
58332-04-BP 81
58332-20-BP 81
58332-21-BP 81
58332-22-BP 81
58332-23-BP 81
58332-25-BP 81
58332-26-BP 81
58332-27-BP 81
58332-28-BP 81
58332-29-BP 81
58332-30-BP 81
58332-31-BP 81
58332-32-BP 81
58332-33-BP 81
58332-34-BP 81
59024-100 91
59024-104 91
59024-106 91
59024-108-BX 91
59024-110 91
59024-116 91
59024-118 91
59024-12 91
59024-14 91
59024-15 91
Part Number Page
59024-200 91
59024-218 91
59024-33 91
59024-35 91
59024-36 91
59024-38 91
68159-05 106
71092-02 103
72079-01 107
72171-02 104
74600-02 107
74601-01 107
74601-06 107
74601-12 107
75212-04 106
75217-04 106
75221-06 106
75221-09 106
75228-03 106
75228-04 106
75600-01 105
75600-02 105
75600-04 105
75600-05 105
75600-07 105
75600-25 105
75601-14 105
75602-02 105
75602-10 104
75603-09 105
75705-01 104
75712-04 104
75904-01 67
75904-02 67
75904-03 67
75920-05 62
75920-10 62
75921-10 62
80101-B 70
81192-BX 118
81264-01 92
81264-02 92
81264-05 92
81264-07 92
81298-02 106
81298-34 106
82065-02 70
82159-02-BP 84
82159-1 84
82159-2 84
82159-3 84
83280-02 99
83280-03 99
83280-05 99
Alphanumeric Part Number Index
129 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
14
Part Number Page
83285-01 77
83288-BX 77
86099-2-BX 28
86099-3 28
86099-4 28
86099-5 28
86126-12 28
86126-2 28
86126-4 28
86126-6 28
86126-8 28
87167-01-BP 84
880064S 62
880107S 54
880175S 62
888842000A 62
90005-01 104
90005-03 104
90030-01 96
90030-04 96
90030-12 96
90030-24 96
90030-33 96
90030-43 96
90030-53 96
90036-02-BX 96
90036-10 96
90043-07 97
90043-31 97
90047-01 98
90048-01 98
91109-03 97
91812-02 100
92107-04 110
95060-01 72
95060-02 72
95060-03 72
95060-04 72
95060-07 72
95060-21 72
95060-23 72
95060-24 72
95060-26 72
95060-29 72
95060-34 72
95060-36 72
95060-43 72
95060-50-BP 72
95060-60-BP 72
95061-01 72
95061-04 72
95061-05 72
95061-07 72
95061-36 72
95061-50-BX 72
95061-60-BX 72
Part Number Page
95061-BX 72
95062-10 72
95062-13 72
95062-17 72
95062-50-BX 72
95062-57-BX 72
95521-01 75
95521-B 75
95522-A 74
95524-A 74
95525-A 74
95613-BX 75
95633-A 74
95634-01 74
98635-01 77
BPDMA104HXF1 45
BUCBxxx.Z 28
DL-13 122
DL-21 122
FHAC0001SXJ 34
FHAC0001XP 34
FHAC0002SXJ 34
FHAC0002XP 34
FHJC1001G 35
FHJC1002G 35
FHJC1002L 35
FHJC2002G 35
FHJC2002L 35
FHLM0200Z 36
FHLM0200ZPA 36
FHM20200Z 36
FHM20200ZPA 36
FLEC3000Z-0 47
FLEC3000Z-0U 47
JBPT0001Z 70
JBPT2N02ZXB 70
JBPT2P01ZXR 70
JBPT3N03ZXB 70
JBPT3P01ZXB 70
JBPT3P02ZXB 70
JCASxxx.X 16
JCASxxx.XP 16
JLLNxxx.T 20
JLLNxxx.V 20
JLLNxxx.X 20
JLLSxxx.T 20
JLLSxxx.V 20
JLLSxxx.X 20
LFMX0006Z-01 47
LFMX0007Z-01 47
LJCAxxx.X 16
LJCAxxx.XP 16
LMINxxx.V 13
LMINxxx.VP 13
LMINxxx.ZXPROA 13
M-115 117
Part Number Page
M-121 117
M-284 68
M-284-01 68
M-284-02 68
M-284-09-BP 68
M-284-26 68
M-284-A 68
M-288 75
M-289-BX 68
M-290 68
M-290-01 68
M-290-05 68
M-320-RC000-BX 122
M-414-01 39
M-415-01 39
M-426 40
M-427 40
M-428 40
M-429 40
M-432 122
M-448 41
M-448-02 41
M-449 41
M-456 40
M-458 122
M-476 102
M-482 102
M-484 90
M-485 98
M-489 76
M-489-03 76
M-490 98
M-492 98
M-493 90
M-497 76
M-524 98
M-527 102
M-530 102
M-531 102
M-532 102
M-54111-01 90
M-54111-02 90
M-550 76
M-550-14 76
M-58031-01 83
M-58031-02 83
M-58031-04 83
M-58031-07 83
M-58031-08 83
M-58031-09 83
M-584 90
M-597 92
M-598 92
M-606 102
M-608 98
M-6110-05 76
Part Number Page
M-612 98
M-626 98
M-626-02 98
M-628 102
M-630 102
M-641-01 39
M-643-01 39
M-674-BX 39
M-700 76
M-712 76
M-712-09 76
M-750 69
M-754 69
M-850 76
M-914-01 98
MAHC0001TXJ 33
MAHC0001ZXJ 33
MAHC0001ZXJA 33
MC-250012-DN 59
MC-250012-NN 59
MC-250012-RN 59
MCASxxx.V 16
MCASxxx.VS 16
MCASxxx.XP 16
MCASxxx.XPS 16
MIC2xxx.V 15
MIC2xxx.VP 15
MIC2xxx.ZXPRO 15
MIC3xxx.VP 15
MIC3xxx.ZXPRO 15
PDM21001LXM 44
PDM31001ZXM 44
PDM31002ZXM 44
PDM32001ZXM 44
PDM32003ZXM 44
PDM32004ZXM 44
PDM33001ZXM 44
PDM33003ZXM 44
PDM33004ZXM 44
PDM61001ZXM 45
PDM71001ZXM 44
PDM71003ZXM 44
PL-116-RC000-BX 122
PL-118-AC001 122
PL-118-GC001 122
PL-118-RC000 122
PL-118-RC001 122
PL-2-BC000 121
PL-2-GC000 121
PL-2-RC000-BX 121
PL-20-AC000 121
PL-20-GC000 121
PL-20-RC000 121
PL-36-AC000-BX 121
PL-36-GC000 121
PL-36-RC000 121
Part Number Page
PL-521-AC 120
PL-521-GC 120
PL-521-RC 120
PL-522-AC 120
PL-522-GC 120
PL-522-RC 120
PL-523-AC 120
PL-523-BC 120
PL-523-CC 120
PL-523-GC 120
PL-523-RC 120
PL-524-AC 120
PL-524-GC 120
PL-524-RC 120
PL-525-AC 120
PL-525-GC 120
PL-525-RC 120
PL-526-AC 120
PL-526-GC 120
PL-526-RC 120
PL-612-A 120
PL-612-B 120
PL-612-G 120
PL-612-R 120
PL-624-A 120
PL-624-B 120
PL-624-G 120
PL-624-R 120
PL-85-AC000 121
PL-85-GC000 121
PL-85-RC000 121
PL-86-AC000 121
PL-86-GC000 121
PL-86-RC000 121
R2-400112-RN 59
RA-200024-DS 59
RA-400012-DS 59
RA-400112-DN 59
RA-400112-NN 59
RA-400112-RN 59
RA-700112-DN 59
RA-700112-NN 59
RA-700112-RN 59
RC-200024-DS 59
RC-200124-DN 59
RC-200124-NN 59
RC-200124-RN 59
RC-400012-DS 59
RC-400112-DN 59
RC-400112-NN 59
RC-400112-RN 59
RC-700112-DN 59
RC-700112-NN 59
RC-700112-RN 59
ZCASxxx.XP 17
Alphanumeric Part Number Index
130Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
14
3 Primary Power Distribution
4 Auxiliary Power Distribution
2 Battery Power Control
1 Mixed Current Power Distribution
5 Power Conversion
6 Relays & Solenoids
2
1
7
4
9
3
8
6
Entire Vehicle ELECTRICAL POWER Expertise
Littelfuse manufactures products for your entire vehicle electrical system with components that help
distribute, protect and control vehicle power. Review this schematic to learn how you can streamline your
design and sourcing requirements.
880211 - Liftgate Battery Charger
24059 - Continuous Duty Solenoid
Custom Product 880086 - HD Series Relay FLEC3000Z-0 - FLEC Series
PDM71001ZXM - HWB60-AL
7 Master Disconnect
75920 Series - Battery Switches
8 Switches
95060 Series - Ignition Switches
9 In-Line Fuse Holders
FHAC0001ZXJ - 04980921GXM5
5
131 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
14
1 Sealed and Unsealed Fuses and
Fuse Holders
4 High and Low Current Fuses for
Various Voltage Levels
7
Active/Passive Electronics
and Power Semi-Conductors
5
Electrical Power Expertise For Material Handling
Littelfuse manufactures products for your entire
vehicle electrical system with components that help
distribute, protect and control vehicle power. Review
this schematic to learn how you can streamline your
design and sourcing requirements.
2 Master Power Distribution
Units
3 Integrated Power Relays
3
4
2
4
3
1
6
Sealed
ZCASE
Fuse
0FHZ0202Z
LFFB003
ZCASE Fuse
MEGA Fuse
MINI Fuse
CNN-E Fuse
MAXI Fuse
0FHZ0001Z
- +
Controller
7
5 Fuse and Relay Centers
HWB60-AL
880089
6
Ignition, Rocker, Toggle, and
Momentary Switches
95060-01
5507
58328-35
132Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
14
Notes
133 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog
14
Notes
littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
Littelfuse.com/ContactUs
Contact Littelfuse support or find a local representative or distributor.
Need MORE INFORMATION about
Commercial Vehicle Products?
Littelfuse publishes technical documents to help in the design and
selection of products for your electrical systems. To learn more about
a specific product or application, visit our online library at:
Littelfuse.com/Commercial-Vehicle-Technical-Center
Littelfuse.com/Catalogs
Littelfuse offers digital and printed catalogs, to request a copy, please
contact Littelfuse or download the digital version on our website.
Our product catalogs feature circuit protection, power control and
sensing products for OEM and aftermarket applications.
Commercial Vehicle Aftermarket Catalog
Automotive Passenger Car Catalog
Automotive Fuse & Fuse Holder Selection Guide
Extended Datasheets
Application Notes
CAD Drawings
2D Outlines
3D Models
Glossary
FAQ
Part Number: CVP150
Rev: 1-A-050219
©2019 Littelfuse, Inc.
Specifications, descriptions and illustrative material in this catalog are subject to change
without notice. Visit littelfuse.com for the most up-to-date technical information.
Littelfuse Aftermarket Products
Chicago, Illinois USA
+1 800 365 2653
cvp_info@Littelfuse.com
To learn more about specific
products or applications visit:
Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket
0 79458 22300 2
